csc-211 multifunction protection ied technical application manual · 2012-09-21 · applicability...

341
CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual

Upload: others

Post on 27-Feb-2020

28 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

CSC-211

Multifunction Protection IED

Technical Application Manual

Page 2: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

CSC-211 Multifunction

Protection IED

Technical Application Manual

Compiled: Jin Rui

Checked: Hou Changsong

Standardized: Li Lianchang

Inspected: Cui Chenfan

Version: V1.01

Doc.Code:0SF.451.085(E)

Issued Date:2012.8.31

Page 3: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Version:V1.01

Doc. Code: 0SF.451.085(E)

Issued Date:2012.8

Copyright owner: Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd

Note: the company keeps the right to perfect the instruction. If equipment does not agree with

the instruction at anywhere, please contact our company in time. We will provide you with

corresponding service.

® is registered trademark of Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd.

We reserve all rights to this document, even in the event that a patent is issued and a different commercial proprietary right is registered. Improper use, in particular reproduction and dissemination to third parties, is not permitted.

This document has been carefully checked. If the user nevertheless detects any errors, he is asked to notify us as soon as possible.

The data contained in this manual is intended solely for the IED description and is not to be deemed to be a statement of guaranteed properties. In the interests of our customers, we constantly seek to ensure that our products are developed to the latest technological standards as a result it is possible that there may be some differences between the hardware/software product and this information product.

Manufacturer: Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd.

Tel: +86 10 62962554, +86 10 62961515 ext. 8998 Fax: +86 10 82783625 Email: [email protected] Website: http://www.sf-auto.com

Add: No.9, Shangdi 4th Street, Haidian District, Beijing, P.R.C.100085

Page 4: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Preface

Purpose of this manual

This manual describes the functions, operation, installation, and placing into service of IED CSC-211. In particular, one will find:

Information on how to configure the IED scope and a description of the IED functions and setting options;

Instructions for mounting and commissioning;

Compilation of the technical specifications;

A compilation of the most significant data for experienced users in the Appendix.

Target audience

This manual mainly face to installation engineer, commissioning engineer and

operation engineer with perfessional electric and electrical knowledge, rich

experience in protection function, using protection IED, test IED, responsible

for the installation, commissioning, maintenance and taking the protection

IED in and out of normal service.

Applicability of this manual

This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED.

Technical support

In case of further questions concerning the CSC family, please contact

SiFang compay or your local SiFang representative.

Safety information

Strictly follow the company and international safety regulations.

Working in a high voltage environment requires serious approch to

aviod human injuries and damage to equipment

Do not touch any circuitry during operation. Potentially lethal

Page 5: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

voltages and currents are present

Avoid to touching the circuitry when covers are removed. The IED

contains electirc circuits which can be damaged if exposed to static

electricity. Lethal high voltage circuits are also exposed when covers

are removed

Using the isolated test pins when measuring signals in open circuitry.

Potentially lethal voltages and currents are present

Never connect or disconnect wire and/or linker to or from IED during

normal operation. Dangerous voltages and currents are present.

Operation may be interrupted and IED and measuring circuitry may

be damaged

Always connect the IED to protective earth regardless of the

operating conditions. Operating the IED without proper earthing may

damage both IED and measuring circuitry and may cause injuries in

case of an accident.

Do not disconnect the secondary connection of current transformer

without short-circuiting the transformer’s secondary winding.

Operating a current transformer with the secondary winding open will

cause a high voltage that may damage the transformer and may

cause injuries to humans.

Do not remove the screw from a powered IED or from an IED

connected to power circuitry. Potentially lethal voltages and currents

are present

Using the certified conductive bags to transport PCBs (modules).

Handling modules with a conductive wrist strap connected to

protective earth and on an antistatic surface. Electrostatic discharge

may cause damage to the module due to electronic circuits are

sensitive to this phenomenon

Page 6: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Do not connect live wires to the IED, internal circuitry may be

damaged

When replacing modules using a conductive wrist strap connected to

protective earth. Electrostatic discharge may damage the modules

and IED circuitry

When installing and commissioning, take care to avoid electrical

shock if accessing wiring and connection IEDs

Changing the setting value group will inevitably change the IEDs

operation. Be careful and check regulations before making the

change

Page 7: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Contents

Chapter 1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 1

1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 2

2 Features ...................................................................................................................................... 3

3 Functions..................................................................................................................................... 5

3.1 Protection functions ..................................................................................................... 5

3.2 Control functions .......................................................................................................... 6

3.3 Monitoring functions ..................................................................................................... 6

3.4 Station communication ................................................................................................ 6

3.5 IED software tools ........................................................................................................ 7

Chapter 2 General IED application ............................................................................................... 9

1 Display on LCD screen ............................................................................................................. 10

1.1 LCD screen display function ...................................................................................... 10

1.2 Analog display function .............................................................................................. 10

1.3 Report display function .............................................................................................. 10

1.4 Menu dispaly function ................................................................................................ 10

2 Report record ............................................................................................................................ 11

3 Disturbance recorder ................................................................................................................ 12

3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 12

3.2 Fault recording ........................................................................................................... 12

3.3 Wave recording .......................................................................................................... 12

3.4 Sequence of event record.......................................................................................... 13

3.5 Operation record ........................................................................................................ 13

4 Self-supervision function ........................................................................................................... 14

4.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 14

4.2 Self-supervision principle ........................................................................................... 14

4.3 Self-supervision report ............................................................................................... 14

5 Time synchroniation function .................................................................................................... 16

5.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 16

5.2 Synchronization principle ........................................................................................... 16

5.2.1 Synchronization from IRIG......................................................................................... 17

5.2.2 Synchronization via PPS or PPM .............................................................................. 17

5.2.3 Synchronization via SNTP ......................................................................................... 17

6 Setting ....................................................................................................................................... 18

6.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 18

6.2 Operation principle ..................................................................................................... 18

7 Authorization ............................................................................................................................. 19

7.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 19

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection ............................................................................................... 21

1 Overcurrent protection .............................................................................................................. 22

1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 22

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................... 22

Page 8: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

1.2.1 Time characteristics ........................................................................................... 22

1.2.2 Inrush restraint function ..................................................................................... 24

1.2.3 Low voltage component ..................................................................................... 24

1.2.4 Direction determination feature .......................................................................... 25

1.2.5 Logic diagram..................................................................................................... 26

1.3 Input and output signals ............................................................................................ 28

1.4 Setting parameters .................................................................................................... 29

1.4.1 Setting list ........................................................................................................... 29

1.5 Reports ...................................................................................................................... 30

1.6 Technical data ........................................................................................................... 31

Approx. 0.95 at I/In ≥ 0.5 ................................................................................................... 31

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection ................................................................................................. 33

1 Earth fault protection ................................................................................................................. 34

1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 34

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................... 35

1.2.1 Time characteristic ............................................................................................. 35

1.2.2 Inrush restraint ................................................................................................... 36

1.2.3 Direction determination feature .......................................................................... 37

1.2.4 Logic diagram..................................................................................................... 39

1.3 Input and output signals ............................................................................................ 41

1.4 Setting parameters .................................................................................................... 42

1.4.1 Setting list ........................................................................................................... 42

1.5 IED reports ................................................................................................................. 44

1.6 Technical data ........................................................................................................... 44

Approx. 0.95 at I/Ir ≥ 0.5 .................................................................................................... 44

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection .................................................................................. 47

1 Sensitive overcurrent protection ............................................................................................... 48

1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 48

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................... 48

1.2.1 Time characteristic ............................................................................................. 48

1.2.2 Direction determination feature .......................................................................... 49

1.2.3 Logic diagram..................................................................................................... 52

1.3 Input and output signals ............................................................................................ 53

1.4 Setting parameters .................................................................................................... 54

1.4.1 Setting list ........................................................................................................... 54

1.5 IED reports ................................................................................................................. 56

1.6 Technical data ........................................................................................................... 56

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection ............................................................... 59

1 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection ............................................................................... 60

1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 60

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................... 60

1.2.1 Protection function description ........................................................................... 60

1.2.2 Logic diagram..................................................................................................... 61

1.3 Input and output signals ............................................................................................ 62

Page 9: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

1.4 Setting parameters .................................................................................................... 62

1.4.1 Setting list ........................................................................................................... 63

1.5 IED reports ................................................................................................................. 64

1.6 Technical data ........................................................................................................... 64

Chapter 7 Thermal overload protection ...................................................................................... 67

1 Thermal overload protection ..................................................................................................... 68

1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 68

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................... 68

1.2.1 Function description ........................................................................................... 68

1.3 Input and output signals............................................................................................. 70

1.4 Setting parameters .................................................................................................... 70

1.4.1 Setting list ........................................................................................................... 70

1.5 IED reports ................................................................................................................. 71

1.6 Technical data ........................................................................................................... 71

Chapter 8 Current overload protection ....................................................................................... 73

1 Current overload protection ...................................................................................................... 74

1.1 Function description ................................................................................................... 74

1.1.1 Logic diagram ..................................................................................................... 74

1.2 Input and output signals............................................................................................. 74

1.3 Setting parameter ...................................................................................................... 75

1.3.1 Setting list ........................................................................................................... 75

1.4 IED reports ................................................................................................................. 75

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection ............................................................................................... 77

1 Overvoltage protection .............................................................................................................. 78

1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 78

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................... 78

1.2.1 Overvoltage protection principle ........................................................................ 78

1.2.2 Voltage connection ............................................................................................. 79

1.2.3 Logic diagram ..................................................................................................... 80

1.3 Input and output signals............................................................................................. 81

1.4 Setting parameters .................................................................................................... 81

1.4.1 Setting list ........................................................................................................... 81

1.5 IED reports ................................................................................................................. 82

1.6 Technical data ........................................................................................................... 83

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection............................................................................................. 85

1 Undervoltage protection ............................................................................................................ 86

1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 86

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................... 86

1.2.1 Protection function description ........................................................................... 86

1.2.2 Voltage connection ............................................................................................. 87

1.2.3 Depending on the VT location ............................................................................ 88

1.2.4 Logic diagram ..................................................................................................... 89

1.3 Input and output signals............................................................................................. 91

1.4 Setting parameter ...................................................................................................... 92

Page 10: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

1.4.1 Setting list ........................................................................................................... 92

1.5 IED reports ................................................................................................................. 93

1.6 Technical data ........................................................................................................... 93

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage protection ............................................................................... 95

1 Displacement voltage protection............................................................................................... 96

1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 96

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................... 96

1.2.1 Displacement voltage input ................................................................................ 96

1.2.2 Protection description ........................................................................................ 96

1.2.3 Logic diagram..................................................................................................... 97

1.3 Input and output signals ............................................................................................ 98

1.4 Setting parameter ...................................................................................................... 99

1.4.1 Setting list ........................................................................................................... 99

1.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 100

1.6 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 100

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure protection.............................................................................. 103

1 Circuit breaker failure protection ............................................................................................. 104

1.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 104

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................. 104

1.2.1 Protection description ...................................................................................... 104

1.2.2 Current criterion evaluation .............................................................................. 105

1.2.3 Circuit breaker auxiliary contact evaluation ..................................................... 105

1.2.4 Logic diagram................................................................................................... 106

1.3 Input and output signals .......................................................................................... 107

1.4 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 108

1.4.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 108

1.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 108

1.6 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 109

Chapter 13 Dead zone protection ............................................................................................... 111

1 Dead zone protection ............................................................................................................... 112

1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 112

1.2 Protection principle ................................................................................................... 112

1.2.1 Function description .......................................................................................... 112

1.2.2 Logic diagram.................................................................................................... 114

1.3 Input and output signals ........................................................................................... 114

1.4 Setting parameter ..................................................................................................... 115

1.4.1 Setting list .......................................................................................................... 115

1.5 IED reports ................................................................................................................ 116

1.6 Technical data .......................................................................................................... 116

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and energizing check function ......................................................... 117

1 Synchro-check and energizing check function ........................................................................ 118

1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 118

1.2 Function principle ..................................................................................................... 118

1.2.1 Synchro-check mode ........................................................................................ 119

Page 11: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

1.2.2 Energizing check mode .................................................................................... 120

1.2.3 Override mode ................................................................................................. 121

1.2.4 Logic diagram ................................................................................................... 121

1.3 Input and output signals........................................................................................... 122

1.4 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 123

1.4.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 123

1.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 124

1.6 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 125

Chapter 15 Autoreclosing function ............................................................................................. 127

1 Autoreclosing function ............................................................................................................. 128

1.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 128

1.2 Function principle ..................................................................................................... 128

1.2.1 Auto-reclosing initiation modules ..................................................................... 128

1.2.2 Autoreclosing logic ........................................................................................... 129

1.3 Input and output signals........................................................................................... 132

1.4 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 134

1.4.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 134

1.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 136

1.6 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 137

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection ............................................................................................... 139

1 Unbalance protection .............................................................................................................. 140

1.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 140

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................. 140

1.3 Input and output signals........................................................................................... 146

1.4 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 147

1.4.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 147

1.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 147

Chapter 17 Under current monitoring ......................................................................................... 149

1 Under current monitoring ........................................................................................................ 150

1.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 150

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................. 150

1.2.1 Function description ......................................................................................... 150

1.2.2 Logic diagram ................................................................................................... 150

1.3 Input and output signals........................................................................................... 151

1.4 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 151

1.4.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 151

1.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 152

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection ........................................................................................ 153

1 Low frequency load shedding protection ................................................................................ 154

1.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 154

1.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................. 154

1.2.1 Function description ......................................................................................... 154

1.3 Input and output signals........................................................................................... 155

1.4 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 156

Page 12: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

1.4.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 156

1.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 157

2 Low voltage load shedding protection .................................................................................... 158

2.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 158

2.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................. 158

2.2.1 Funciton description ......................................................................................... 158

2.3 Input and output signals .......................................................................................... 159

2.4 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 160

2.4.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 160

2.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 161

3 Overload load shedding protection ......................................................................................... 162

3.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 162

3.2 Protection principle .................................................................................................. 162

3.2.1 Fucntion description ......................................................................................... 162

3.3 Input and output signals .......................................................................................... 163

3.4 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 164

3.4.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 164

3.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 164

3.6 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 165

Chapter 19 Fast busbar protection scheme ............................................................................... 167

1 Fast busbar protection scheme .............................................................................................. 168

1.1 Function description ................................................................................................ 168

1.2 Input and output signals .......................................................................................... 169

1.3 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 170

1.3.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 170

1.4 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 170

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision ................................................................................ 171

1 Current circuit supervision ...................................................................................................... 172

1.1 Function principle .................................................................................................... 172

1.1.1 Function description ......................................................................................... 172

1.1.2 Logic diagram................................................................................................... 172

1.2 Input and output signals .......................................................................................... 172

1.3 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 173

1.3.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 173

1.4 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 173

2 Fuse failure supervision VT .................................................................................................... 174

2.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 174

2.2 Function principle .................................................................................................... 174

2.2.1 Three phases (symmetrical) VT Fail ................................................................ 174

2.2.2 Single/two phases (asymmetrical) VT Fail ....................................................... 175

2.2.3 The fourth voltage U4 VT fail ........................................................................... 175

2.2.4 Logic diagram................................................................................................... 175

2.3 Input and output signals .......................................................................................... 177

2.4 Setting parameter .................................................................................................... 177

Page 13: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

2.4.1 Setting list ......................................................................................................... 177

2.5 IED reports ............................................................................................................... 178

2.6 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 178

Chapter 21 Monitoring function .................................................................................................. 181

1 Switching devices status monitoring ....................................................................................... 182

2 Self-supervision ...................................................................................................................... 182

Chapter 22 Station communication ............................................................................................ 183

1 Overview ................................................................................................................................. 184

1.1 Protocol .................................................................................................................... 184

1.1.1 IEC61850-8 communication protocol ............................................................... 184

1.1.2 IEC60870-5-103 communication protocol ........................................................ 184

1.2 Communication port ................................................................................................. 185

1.2.1 Front communication port ................................................................................ 185

1.2.2 RS485 communication ports ............................................................................ 185

1.2.3 Ethernet communication ports ......................................................................... 185

1.3 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 185

1.4 Typical substation communication scheme ............................................................. 188

1.5 Typical time synchronizing scheme ......................................................................... 188

Chapter 23 Hardware ................................................................................................................. 189

1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 190

1.1 IED structure ............................................................................................................ 190

1.2 IED module arrangement......................................................................................... 190

2 Local human-machine interface .............................................................................................. 192

2.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 192

2.2 Liquid crystal display (LCD) ..................................................................................... 192

2.3 LED .......................................................................................................................... 193

2.4 Keyboard ................................................................................................................. 193

2.5 IED menu ................................................................................................................. 194

2.5.1 Menu construction ............................................................................................ 194

2.5.2 Operation status ............................................................................................... 196

2.5.3 Operation status ............................................................................................... 197

2.5.4 Operation configuration .................................................................................... 197

2.5.5 Settings ............................................................................................................ 197

2.5.6 Report............................................................................................................... 197

2.5.7 Communication configuration .......................................................................... 198

2.5.8 Testing .............................................................................................................. 198

2.5.9 Device setup .................................................................................................... 199

2.5.10 Device information ........................................................................................... 200

3 Analog input module ............................................................................................................... 201

3.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 201

3.2 Terminals of analog input module ........................................................................... 202

3.3 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 206

4 Fast binary Input & Output module ......................................................................................... 208

4.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 208

Page 14: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

4.2 Terminals of fast binary input & output module ....................................................... 208

4.3 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 210

5 Fast binary output module ...................................................................................................... 212

5.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 212

5.2 Terminals of fast binary output module ................................................................... 212

6 Binary input & output module .................................................................................................. 214

6.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 214

6.2 Terminals of binary & output module ....................................................................... 214

7 CPU module ............................................................................................................................ 217

7.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 217

7.2 Terminals of CPU module ....................................................................................... 217

7.3 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 219

8 Power supply module ............................................................................................................. 221

8.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................. 221

8.2 Terminals of power supply module .......................................................................... 221

8.3 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 223

9 Technical data ......................................................................................................................... 224

9.1 Type tests ................................................................................................................ 224

9.2 IED design ............................................................................................................... 227

9.3 CE certificate ........................................................................................................... 228

Chapter 24 Appendix .................................................................................................................. 229

1 General setting list .................................................................................................................. 230

1.1 Setting list for CSC-211 M01 ................................................................................... 230

1.2 Setting list for CSC-211 M02 ................................................................................... 237

1.3 Setting list for CSC-211 M03 ................................................................................... 244

1.4 Setting list for CSC-211 M05 ................................................................................... 250

1.5 Setting list for CSC-211 M6 ..................................................................................... 255

1.6 Setting list for CSC-211 V01 .................................................................................... 259

1.7 Setting list for CSC-211 C01 ................................................................................... 262

1.8 Setting list for CSC-211 C02 ................................................................................... 268

2 General report list ................................................................................................................... 275

2.1 Event report list ........................................................................................................ 275

2.2 Alarm report list ....................................................................................................... 277

3 Typical connection .................................................................................................................. 282

4 Time inverse characteristic ..................................................................................................... 304

4.1 11 kinds of IEC and ANSI inverse time characteristic curves ................................. 304

4.2 User defined characteristic ...................................................................................... 304

4.3 Typical inverse curves ............................................................................................. 305

5 CT Requirement ...................................................................................................................... 317

5.1 Overview .................................................................................................................. 317

5.2 Current transformer classification ............................................................................ 318

5.3 Abbreviations (according to IEC 60044-1, -6, as defined) ...................................... 319

5.4 General current transformer requirements .............................................................. 320

5.4.1 Protective checking current .............................................................................. 320

Page 15: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

5.4.2 CT class ........................................................................................................... 320

5.4.3 Accuracy class ................................................................................................. 322

5.4.4 Ratio of CT ....................................................................................................... 322

5.4.5 Rated secondary current .................................................................................. 323

5.4.6 Secondary burden ............................................................................................ 323

5.5 Rated equivalent secondary e.m.f requirements ..................................................... 323

5.5.1 Definite time overcurrent protection and earth fault protection ........................ 324

5.5.2 Inverse time overcurrent protection and earth fault protection ........................ 325

Page 16: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 1 Introduction

1

Chapter 1 Introduction

About this chapter

This chapter gives an overview of SIFANG Multifunction

Protection IED CSC-211.

Page 17: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 1 Introduction

2

1 Overview

CSC-211 series are selective, reliable and high speed multifunction

protection IED (Intelligent Electronic Device), which are able to be applied

for protection, control and measurement for following applications:

Applicable in subtransmission network and distribution network with

solidly earthed (grounded), low-resistance earthed, isolated or

compensated neutral point

Protection of feeders, capacitors, distribution transformers, bus

coupler, etc.

Used as backup protection IED for lines, transformers, reactors and

busbar

Providing control and monitoring functions of the circuit breakers,

disconnector, etc.

Supporting all functionalities required for automation system

Page 18: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 1 Introduction

3

2 Features

Extensive multifunction IED including protection, control and

monitoring functions

Three pole tripping required in sub-transmission and distribution

network

A complete protection functions library, include:

Overcurrent protection (50, 51, 67)

Earth fault protection (50N, 51N, 67N)

Neutral earth fault protection (50G, 51G)

Sensitive earth fault protection (50Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns)

Negative-sequence overcurrent protection (46)

Thermal overload protection (49)

Overload protection (50OL)

Overvoltage protection (59)

Undervoltage protection (27)

Displacement voltage protection (64)

Circuit breaker failure protection (50BF)

Dead zone protection (50SH-Z)

Synchro-check and energizing check (25)

Auto-recloser function for three-phase reclosing (79)

Unbalanced current or voltage protection

Undercurrent protection (37)

load shedding function

Page 19: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 1 Introduction

4

Voltage transformer secondary circuit supervision (97FF)

Current transformer secondary circuit supervision

Fast overcurrent/busbar protection scheme using IEC61850

GOOSE-message

CB status supervision

Self-supervision to all modules in the IED

Complete and massive reports recording, trip reports, alarm reports,

startup reports and operation reports. Any kinds of reports can be

stored no less than 40 items, and be memorized in case of power

disconnection

Up to two electric /optical Ethernet ports can be selected to

communicate with substation automation system by IEC61850 or

IEC60870-5-103 protocols

One electric RS-485 port is able to communicate with substation

automation system by IEC60870-5-103 protocol

Time synchronization via network(SNTP), pulse and IRIG-B mode

Versatile human-machine interface

Multifunctional software tool CSmart for setting, monitoring, fault

recording analysis, configuration, etc.

Page 20: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 1 Introduction

5

3 Functions

3.1 Protection functions

Description ANSI Code

IEC 61850

Logical Node

Name

IEC 60617

graphical

symbol

Current protection

Overcurrent protection 50,51,67 PTOC

3IINV>

3I >>

3I >>>

Earth fault protection 50N, 51N, 67N PEFM

I0INV>

I0>>

I0>>>

Neutral earth fault protection 50G, 51G

Sensitive earth fault protection 50Ns, 51Ns,

67Ns

3INE>

3INE>>

Negative-sequence overcurrent

protection 46

Thermal overload protection 49 PTTR Ith

Overload protection 50OL PTOC 3I >OL

Voltage protection

Overvoltage protection 59 PTOV 3U>

3U>>

Undervoltage protection 27 PTUV 3U<

3U<<

Displacement voltage protection 64 VE>

Breaker protection and control function

Breaker failure protection 50BF RBRF

3I> BF

I0>BF

I2>BF

Dead zone protection 50SH-Z

Synchro-check and energizing check 25 RSYN

Auto-reclosing 79 RREC O→I

Three-pole tripping 94-3 PTRC

Capacitor bank protection

Unbalanced current protection 46NI

Page 21: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 1 Introduction

6

Unbalanced voltage protection 46NU

Undercurrent protection 37 I<

Load shedding function

Low frequency load shedding function 81U

Low voltage load shedding function 27

Overload load shedding function

Secondary system supervision

CT secondary circuit supervision

VT secondary circuit supervision 97FF

Other functions

Fast busbar protection using reverse

interlocking

3.2 Control functions

Description ANSI Code

IEC 61850

Logical Node

Name

IEC 60617

graphical

symbol

Circuit breaker, disconnector and

other switching devices control

3.3 Monitoring functions

Description

Position of circuit breaker, disconnector and other switching device monitoring

Circuit breaker status supervision

Auxiliary contacts of circuit breaker supervision

Self-supervision

Fault recorder

3.4 Station communication

Description

Page 22: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 1 Introduction

7

Front communication port

Isolated RS232 port

Rear communication port

0-1 isolated electrical RS485 communication ports

0-2 Ethernet electrical/optical communication ports

Time synchronization port

Communication protocols

IEC 61850 protocol

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

3.5 IED software tools

Functions

Reading measuring value

Reading IED report

Setting

IED testing

Disturbance recording analysis

IED configuration

Printing

Page 23: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 1 Introduction

8

Page 24: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

9

Chapter 2 General IED application

About this chapter

This chapter describes the use of the included software

functions in the IED. The chapter discusses general application

possibilities.

Page 25: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

10

1 Display on LCD screen

1.1 LCD screen display function

The LCD screen displays measured analog quantities, report ouputs, menu

and logic linker status.

1.2 Analog display function

The analog display includes measured Ia, Ib, Ic, 3I0, Is0, Ua, Ub, Uc, U4, Mea

Ia, Mea Ib, Mea Ic, Mea Ua, Mea Ub, Mea Uc, Mea Uab, Mea Ubc and Mea

Uca.

The Mea means that the measurement analogue quantity, for example, Mea

Ia, means the measurement current for phase A.

1.3 Report display function

The report display includes tripping, alarm and operation recording.

1.4 Menu dispaly function

The menu dispaly includes main menu and debugging menu, see chapter

Chapter 23 for detail.

Page 26: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

11

2 Report record

The report record includes tripping, alarm and operation reports. See Chapter

24 general report list for detail.

Page 27: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

12

3 Disturbance recorder

3.1 Introduction

To get fast, complete and reliable information about fault current, voltage,

binary signal and other disturbances in the power system is very important.

This is accomplished by the disturbance recorder function and facilitates a

better understanding of the behavior of the power system and related primary

and secondary equipment during and after a disturbance. An analysis of the

recorded data provides valuable information that can be used to explain a

disturbance, basis for change of IED setting plan, improvement of existing

equipment etc.

The disturbance recorder, always included in the IED, acquires sampled data

from measured analogue quantities, calculated analogue quantity, binary

input and output signals.

3.2 Fault recording

The IED can save the latest 40 fault records (be memorized in case of power

disconnection), which can be read via the IED operation interface or

communication port. The fault record consists of the following information:

Fault time: date and time

Event list: operative element and time

Running data: current, voltage, frequency and phase angle

Operation setting

IED operation mode

3.3 Wave recording

Wave recording function is used to record the analogue data and status with a

pre-defined length after and before disturbance occurs, reshow the operation

track of the protected IED. The recording wave includes at most 12 analogue

channels, 64 binary channels (32 binary input, 16 binary output and 16

GOOSE signal) and time sequence information. IED records the data as the

sample of 20 points in each cycle, accumulated length of each record is up to

Page 28: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

13

8 seconds and 20 latest recording waves can be stored. Wave are searched

and called via dedicated software from the RS232 serial port on panel, and be

converted to COMTRADE format for being used by other recording wave

analysis software or fault simulation software.

3.4 Sequence of event record

The IED monitors and records the change of operation event, alarm event,

binary input, binary output and protection linker, records the event occurrence

time, reason and current status, and transfers the information to the station

control center via the communication port.

3.5 Operation record

The disturbance recorder information is saved for each of the recorded

disturbances in the IED and the user may use the local human machine

interface or dedicated tool to get some general information about the

recordings. The disturbance recording information is included in the

disturbance recorder files. The information is also available on a station bus

according to IEC 61850 and IEC 60870-5-103.

Fault wave recorder with great capacity, can record full process of any fault,

and can save the corresponding records. Optional data format or wave format

is provided, and can be exported through serial port or Ethernet port by

COMTRADE format.

Page 29: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

14

4 Self-supervision function

4.1 Introduction

The IED may test all hardware components itself, including loop out of the

relay coil. Finding whether or not the IED is in fault through warning LED and

warning characters which shown in LCD and display reports to indicate fault

type.

The method of fault elimination is replacing fault board or eliminating external

fault.

4.2 Self-supervision principle

Measuring resistance between analog circuits and ground

Measuring the output voltage in every class

Checking zero drift and scale

Verifying alarm circuit

Verifying binary input

Checking actual live tripping including circuit breaker

Check setting values and parameters

4.3 Self-supervision report

Table 1 Self-supervision report list

Information Description

RAM Error RAM is abnormal

EPROM Error EPROM is abnormal

Flash Error Flash is abnormal

BO Abnormal Binary output is abnormal

AD Error AD is abnormal

Zero Offset Zero drift is out of limitation

Invalid SetGr Pointer of setting group is error

Page 30: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

15

Information Description

Setting Chk ERR Setting value is error

Logic Scheme ERR Logic file and CPU file do not cooperate

Page 31: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

16

5 Time synchroniation function

5.1 Introduction

Use the time synchronization source selector to select a common source of

absolute time for the IED when it is a part of a protection system. This makes

comparison of events and disturbance data between all IEDs in a SA system

possible.

5.2 Synchronization principle

Time definitions

The error of a clock is the difference between the actual time of the clock, and

the time the clock is intended to have. The rate accuracy of a clock is

normally called the clock accuracy and means how much the error increases,

i.e. how much the clock gains or loses time. A disciplined clock is a clock that

“knows” its own faults and tries to compensate for them, i.e. a trained clock.

Synchronization principle

From a general point of view synchronization can be seen as a hierarchical

structure. A module is synchronized from a higher level and provides

synchronization to lower levels.

A module is said to be synchronized when it periodically receives

synchronization messages from a higher level. As the level decreases, the

accuracy of the synchronization decreases as well. A module can have

Page 32: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

17

several potential sources of synchronization, with different maximum errors,

which gives the module the possibility to choose the source with the best

quality, and to adjust its internal clock from this source. The maximum error of

a clock can be defined as a function of:

The maximum error of the last used synchronization message

The time since the last used synchronization message

The rate accuracy of the internal clock in the module.

5.2.1 Synchronization from IRIG

The built in GPS clock module receives and decodes time information from

the global positioning system. The module is located on the CPU Module. The

GPS interfaces to the IED supply two possible synchronization methods,

IRIGB and PPS (or PPM).

5.2.2 Synchronization via PPS or PPM

The IED accepts PPS or PPM to the GPS interfaces on the CPU Module.

These pulses can be generated from e.g. station master clock. If the station

master clock is not synchronized from a world wide source, time will be a

relative time valid for the substation. Both positive and negative edges on the

signal can be accepted. This signal is also considered as a fine signal.

5.2.3 Synchronization via SNTP

SNTP provides a “Ping-Pong” method of synchronization. A message is sent

from an IED to an SNTP-server, and the SNTP-server returns the message

after filling in a reception time and a transmission time. SNTP operates via the

normal Ethernet network that connects IEDs together in an IEC61850

network. For SNTP to operate properly, there must be a SNTP-server present,

preferably in the same station. The SNTP synchronization provides an

accuracy that will give 1ms accuracy for binary inputs. The IED itself can be

set as a SNTP-time server.

Page 33: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

18

6 Setting

6.1 Introduction

Settings are divided into separate lists according to different functions. The

setting consists of two parts -setting list and communication parameters.

6.2 Operation principle

The setting procedure can be ended at any the time by the key “SET” or

“QUIT”. If the key “SET” is pressed, the display shows the content of “Select”.

The range of setting zone is from 1 to 16. After confirming with the setting

zone-key “SET”, those new settings will be valid. If key “QUIT” is pressed

instead, all modifications which have been changed will be ignored.

Page 34: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

19

7 Authorization

7.1 Introduction

To safeguard the interests of customers, both the IED and the tools that are

accessing the IED are protected, subject of authorization handling. The

concept of authorization, as it is implemented in the IED and the associated

tools is based on the following facts:

There are two types of points of access to the IED:

local, through the local HMI

remote, through the communication ports

There are different levels (or types) of guest, super user and protection

engineer that can access or operate different areas of the IED and tools

functionality.

Page 35: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 2 General IED application

20

Page 36: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

21

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

About this chapter

This chapter describes the protection principle, input and

output signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and

technical data used for overcurrent protection.

Page 37: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

22

1 Overcurrent protection

1.1 Introduction

The non-directional overcurrent elements can be applied as backup

protection functions in various applications including line and transformer

protection in systems with radial nature and those which are supplied from

a single source. The directional overcurrent protection allows the

application of the IED also in systems where protection coordination

depends on both the magnitude of the fault current and the direction of

power flow to the fault location, for instance in case of parallel lines or

transformers, or in a loop configuration. Main features of the overcurrent

protection are as follows:

Two definite time stages

One inverse time stage

11 kinds of IEC and ANSI inverse time characteristic curves as well as

optional user defined characteristic

Settable directional element characteristic angle to satisfy the different

network conditions and applications

Each stage can be set individually as directional/non-directional

Each stage can be set individually for inrush restraint

Cross blocking function for inrush detection

Settable maximum inrush current

First definite stage and inverse time stage can be set individually to

alarm or trip

VT secondary circuit supervision for directional protection. Once VT

failure happens, the directional stage can be set to be blocked or to be

non-directional

Undervoltage criteria checking (selectable), blocking of the definite

time stages is possible when the measured voltage exceeds the

threshold

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Time characteristics

Page 38: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

23

The time characteristic for each stage can be chosen as definite time stage

or some type of inverse time characteristic. 11 kinds of inverse time

characteristics are available. It is also possible to create a user defined

time characteristic. Each stage can operate in conjunction with the

integrated inrush restraint and directional functions and operate based on

measured phase current. In addition, an undervoltage control feature is

provided which can be used for definite overcurrent stages.

Furthermore, each stage is independent from each other and can be

combined as desired.

Pickup value for the definite stage can be set in setting value. Each phase

current is compared with the corresponding setting value with delay time. If

currents exceed the associated pickup value, after expiry of the time delay,

the trip command or alarm signal is issued. The dropout value of the

definite stages is approximately equal to 96% of the pickup value for I/In ≥

0.5. The condition for delay time starting is expressed in the following

formula:

Equation 1

The delay time can be set for each definite stage individually in setting.

After the delay time elapsed, a trip command or alarm signal is issued.

For the delay time of inverse time characteristic, which is calculated here

based on the type of the set characteristic, the magnitude of the current

and a time multiplier, both ANSI and IEC based standard curves are

available, and any user-defined characteristic can be defined using

following formula:

K_OC

Equation 2

where:

A_OC: Time factor for inverse time stage

B_OC: Delay time for inverse time stage

P_OC: Index for inverse time stage

Page 39: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

24

K_OC: Time multiplier

By applying setting of these coefficients, the IED calculates the tripping or

alarming time from the measured current in each phase separately. Once

the calculated time has been elapsed, the trip signal or alarm signal is

issued.

1.2.2 Inrush restraint function

The protection IED may detect large magnetizing inrush currents during

transformer energizing. In addition to considerable unbalance fundamental

current, inrush current comprises large second harmonic current which

does not appear in short circuit current. Therefore, the inrush current may

affect the protection functions which operate based on the fundamental

component of the measured current. Accordingly, inrush restraint logic is

provided to prevent overcurrent protection from maloperation.

The inrush restraint feature operates based on evaluation of the 2nd

harmonic content which is present in measured current. The inrush

condition is recognized when the ratio of second harmonic current to

fundamental component exceeds the corresponding setting value for each

phase. The setting value is applicable for both definite time stage and

inverse time stage. The inrush restraint feature will be performed as soon

as the ration exceeds the set threshold.

Furthermore, by recognition of the inrush current in one phase, it is

possible to set the protection in a way that not only the phase with the

considerable inrush current, but also the other phases of the overcurrent

protection are blocked for a certain time. This is achieved by

cross-blocking feature integrated in the IED.

The inrush restraint function has a maximum inrush current setting. Once

the measuring current exceeds the setting, the overcurrent protection will

not be blocked any longer.

1.2.3 Low voltage component

It is possible to set the protection in a way that the definite stages of

overcurrent element would operate only when at least one phase-to-phase

voltage falls below than the corresponding low voltage setting. This

component can be used to prevent any maloperation of the overcurrent

element during reverse charging of electric motors. The low voltage

Page 40: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

25

component can be set for each definite stage by the dedicated binary

settings.

The voltages connected to IED may correspond to three phase to earth

voltages VA-N, VB-N, VC-N or any phase to earth voltage or phase to

phase voltage by using dedicated binary setting. In case of “3Ph V

Connect” is enabled, three phase to phase voltages are measured, or any

one phase to phase voltage should be measured.

1.2.4 Direction determination feature

The direction detection is performed by determining the position of current

vector in directional characteristic. In other word, it is done by comparing

phase angle between the fault current and the reference voltage. Figure 1

illustrates the direction detection characteristic for phase A element.

Forward

UBC_Ref

ΦPh_Char

IA

IA-

90°

Bisector

Figure 1 Direction detection characteristic of overcurrent protection directional element

where:

ФPh_Char: The settable characteristic angle

The assignment of the applied measuring values used in direction

determination has been shown in Table 2 for different types of faults.

Table 2 Assignment of applied current and reference voltage for directional element

Phase Current Voltage

A aI bcU

B bI caU

Page 41: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

26

C cI abU

As can be seen from Table 2, the healthy voltages are used in direction

determination. This guarantee corrects direction determination even if the

fault voltage has collapsed totally because of a single-phase short-circuit

fault. For three-phase short-circuit fault, without any healthy phase,

memory voltage values are used to determine direction clearly if the

measured voltage values are not sufficient. The detected direction is

based on the memory voltage of previous power cycles.

During direction detection, if VT fail happens (a short circuit or broken wire

in the voltage transformer's secondary circuit or operation of the voltage

transformer fuse), may result in maloperation by directional overcurrent

elements. In such situation, directional (if selected) overcurrent protection

will be blocked.

1.2.5 Logic diagram

OR

AND

Ia2/Ia1 >

Ib2/Ib1 >

Ic2/Ic1 >

t <

Cross BLK

Figure 2 Logic diagram of cross-blocking for inrush restraint

OR

OC1_V Blk On

OC2_V Blk On

Uab<

Ubc<

Uca<

LV For OC 1

LV For OC 2

Figure 3 Logic diagram of low voltage component feature

Page 42: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

27

VT Fail

Blk Fun_VTFail

UnBlk Fun_VTFail

Phase A Forward

LV For OC I

OC1 Dir On

OC1_V Blk On

Ia >

ANDOC1 Dir Off

OC1 V_Blk Off

“1”

“1”

OR

AND

DEF A OK

Func_OC1

Trip/Alarm

Ia2/Ia1> OC1 2H_Blk On

< I_2H_UnBlk

AND

OC1 2H_Blk Off

“0”

DEF A OK T

AND

Cross BLK

OC1 2H_Blk On

OC1 2H_Blk Off

“0”

AND

OR

OC1 Dir Off

“1”

OC1 V_Blk Off

“1”

AND

Figure 4 Logic diagram of definite overcurrent stage

Page 43: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

28

Func_OC Inv

Trip/Alarm

Ia2/Ia1> OCInv 2H_Blk On

< I_2H_UnBlk

AND

OCInv 2H_Blk Off

“0”

INV A OK

AND

Cross BLK

OCInv 2H_Blk On

OCInv 2H_Blk Off

“0”

VT Fail

Blk Fun_VTFail

UnBlk Fun_VTFail

Phase A Forward

OC Inv Dir On

Ia Inverse

AND

OC Inv Dir Off

“1”OR INV A OK

AND

OR

OC Inv Dir Off

“1”

Figure 5 Logic diagram of inverse overcurrent stage

1.3 Input and output signals

IP1

IP2

IP3

OC1_Trip

OC2_Trip

OC Inv TripUP1

UP2

UP3

Table 3 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 Signal for current input 1

IP2 Signal for current input 2

IP3 Signal for current input 3

UP1 Signal for voltage input 1

UP2 Signal for voltage input 2

UP3 Signal for voltage input 3

Page 44: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

29

Table 4 Binary output list

Signal Description

OC1_Trip Overcurrent protection stage 1 trip

OC2_Trip Overcurrent protection stage 2 trip

OC Inv Trip Overcurrent protection inverse time stage trip

1.4 Setting parameters

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 5 Function setting list for overcurrent protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. In I_OC1 Current setting for stage 1 A 0.05In 20.00In

2. 0.4 T_OC1 Time setting for stage 1 S 0.00 60.00

3. 1.5In I_OC2 Current setting for stage 2 A 0.05In 20.00In

4. 0.1 T_OC2 Time setting for stage 2 S 0.00 60.00

5. 90.0 U_OC_UnBlk

Low voltage setting for

blocking overcurrent

protection (phase to phase)

V 1.00 120.0

6. 1 Curve_OC Inv Inverse time curve 1 12

7. 0.5In I_OC Inv Current setting for inverse

time stage A 0.05In 20.00In

8. 1 K_OC Inv Time multiplier 0.05 999.0

9. 0.056 A_OC Inv Time factor for inverse time

stage S 0.001 1000

10. 0.02 P_OC Inv Index for inverse time stage 0.01 10.00

11. 0 B_OC Inv Delay time for inverse time

stage S 0.00 60.00

12. 30 Angle_OC Direction characteristic angle degree 0.00 90.00

13. In I_2H_UnBlk Maximum inrush current

setting A 0.25In 20.00In

14. 0.15 Ratio_I2/I1

Ratio for second harmonic

current to fundamental

component

0.07 0.50

15. 0.2 T2h_Cross_Blk Time setting for

cross-blocking function S 0.00 60.00

Table 6 Logical linker list for overcurrent protection

Page 45: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

30

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_OC1 Enable or disable the stage 1 of overcurrent protection

2. Func_OC2 Enable or disable the stage 2 of overcurrent protection

3. Func_OC Inv Enable or disable the inverse time stage of overcurrent

protection

Table 7 Binary setting list for overcurrent protection

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

1.0 OC1 Dir Off OC1 Dir On Enable or disable the direction for

stage 1

1.1 OC1 V_Blk Off OC1_V Blk On Enable or disable the low voltage

blocking for stage 1

1.2 OC1 2H_Blk Off OC1 2H_Blk On Enable or disable the inrush

restraint for stage 1

1.3 OC2 Dir Off OC2 Dir On Enable or disable the direction for

stage 2

1.4 OC2 V_Blk Off OC2 V_Blk On Enable or disable the low voltage

blocking for stage 2

1.5 OC2 2H_Blk Off C2 2H_Blk On Enable or disable the inrush

restraint for stage 2

1.6 OC Inv Dir Off OC Inv Dir On Enable or disable the direction for

inverse stage

1.7 OCInv 2H_Blk Off OCInv 2H_Blk On Enable or disable the inrush

restraint for inverse stage

2.9 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect Select voltage connection way by

single phase or three phase

2.14 UnBlk Fun_VT Fail Blk Fun_VT Fail Enable the function of VT fail

blocking

4.0 OC1 Alarm OC1 Trip Stage 1 of overcurrent protection

alarm or trip

4.1 OC Inv Alarm OC Inv Trip Inverse stage of overcurrent

protection alarm or trip

1.5 Reports

Table 8 Event information list

Information Description

OC1 Trip Overcurrent protection stage 1 issues trip command

OC2 Trip Overcurrent protection stage 2 issues trip command

OC Inv Trip Overcurrent protection inverse time stage issues trip command

Page 46: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

31

Information Description

Inrush Blk Inrush is detected to block function.

Table 9 Alarm information list

Information Description

OC1 Alarm Overcurrent protection stage 1 issues alarm signal

OC Inv Alarm Overcurrent protection inverse time stage issues alarm signal

1.6 Technical data

Table 10 Technical data for overcurrent protection

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Definite time characteristics

Current 0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

Time delay 0.00 to 60.00s, step 0.01s ≤ ±1% setting or +40ms, at 200% operating setting

Reset time approx. 40ms

Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 at I/In ≥ 0.5

Inverse time characteristics

Current 0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

IEC standard Normal inverse;

Very inverse;

Extremely inverse;

Long inverse

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20, in accordance

with IEC60255-151

ANSI Inverse;

Short inverse;

Long inverse;

Moderately inverse;

Very inverse;

Extremely inverse;

Definite inverse

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20, in

accordance with ANSI/IEEE

C37.112,

user-defined characteristic T=

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20, in accordance

with IEC60255-151

Time factor of inverse time, A 0.005 to 200.0s, step 0.001s

Delay of inverse time, B 0.000 to 60.00s, step 0.01s

Index of inverse time, P 0.005 to 10.00, step 0.005

set time Multiplier for step n: k 0.05 to 999.0, step 0.01

Minimum operating time 20ms

Page 47: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 3 Overcurrent protection

32

Maximum operating time 100s

Reset mode instantaneous

Reset time approx. 40ms,

Directional element

Operating area range 170° ≤ ±3°, at phase to phase voltage >1V Characteristic angle 0° to 90°, step 1°

Page 48: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

33

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

About this chapter

This chapter presents the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

included in earth fault protection.

Page 49: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

34

1 Earth fault protection

1.1 Introduction

The non-directional earth fault elements can be applied as backup protection

functions in various applications including line and transformer protection in

systems with radial nature and those which are supplied from a single source.

The directional earth fault protection allows the application of the IED also in

systems where protection coordination depends on both the magnitude of the

earth fault current and the direction of power flow to the fault location, for

instance, in case of parallel lines or transformers, or in a loop configuration.

Main features of the earth fault are as follows:

Two definite time stages

One inverse time stage

11 kinds of the IEC and ANSI inverse time characteristic curves as well

as optional user defined characteristic

Zero sequence directional element

Negative sequence directional element is applied as a complement to

zero sequence directional element. It can be enabled/disabled by setting

Each stage can be set individually as directional/non-directional

Settable directional element characteristic angle to satisfy the different

network conditions and applications

Each stage can be set individually for inrush restraint

Settable maximum inrush current

Inrush restraint function adopting 2nd harmonic measured phase or earth

current (settable)

First definite stage and inverse time stage can be set individually to alarm

or trip

VT secondary circuit supervision for directional protection function. Once

VT failure happens, the directional stage can be set to be blocked or to

be non-directional

Page 50: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

35

Zero-sequence current is calculated by summation of 3 phase currents or

measured from earth phase CT selectable

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Time characteristic

The time characteristic for each stage can be chosen as definite time stage or

some type of inverse time characteristic. 11 kinds of inverse time

characteristics are available. It is also possible to create a user defined time

characteristic. Each stage can operate in conjunction with the integrated

inrush restraint and directional functions and operate based on measured

phase current.

The earth fault protection can operate with the measured or calculated zero

sequence current (zero-sequence current IN measured from earth phase CT

or zero-sequence current 3I0 calculated by the summation of three phase

currents, 3I0=IA+IB+IC). These two types of measured quantity can be enabled

or disabled via binary setting. If setting “3I0 Measured” is enabled in the

binary setting, the function will operate based on the measured

zero-sequence current, whereas, the “3I0 Calculated” is enabled, the

zero-sequence current is calculated from the summation of three phase

currents.

Furthermore, each stage is independent from each other and can be

combined as desired.

Pickup value for the definite stage can be set in setting value. The measured

or calculated zero-sequence current is compared with the corresponding

setting value with delay time. If zero-sequence current exceed the associated

pickup value, after expiry of the time delay, trip command is issued. The

condition for delay time start is expressed in the following formula

Equation 3

The time delay can be set for each definite stage individually in setting. After

the delay time elapsed, trip command or alarm signal is issued. The drop out

value of the definite stages is approximately equal to 96% of the pickup value

for 3I0/In≥0.5.

Page 51: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

36

The time delay of inverse time characteristic is calculated based on the type

of the set characteristic, the magnitude of the current and a time multiplier.

For the inverse time characteristic, both ANSI and IEC based standard curves

are available, and any user-defined characteristic can be defined using the

following equation:

K_EF

Equation 4

where:

A_EF: Time factor for inverse time stage

B_EF: Delay time for inverse time stage

P_EF: index for inverse time stage

K_EF: Time multiplier

The time is set to count up for a user-defined time delay. The time delay can

be set for each definite stage individually through corresponding settings.

After the user-defined time delays elapsed, a trip command is issued.

1.2.2 Inrush restraint

The protection IED may detect large magnetizing inrush currents during

transformer energizing. In addition to considerable unbalance fundamental

current, inrush current comprises large second harmonic current which does

not appear in short circuit current. Therefore, the inrush current may affect the

protection functions which operate based on the fundamental component of

the measured current. Accordingly, inrush restraint logic is provided to

prevent earth fault protection from maloperation.

Generally, inrush restraint for earth fault protection is performed based on the

second harmonic contents of three phase currents. However, it is possible to

use the IED only for earth fault protection and therefore, the phase currents

may be not connected to the IED. In such cases, if the binary setting of “EF

Chk I02/I01” is enabled, second harmonic content of zero sequence current is

considered if the zero sequence current is measured from neutral CT. As

mentioned previously, the binary setting of “3I0 Measured” is enabled for this

situation. So, the inrush condition is recognized if the ratio of second

Page 52: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

37

harmonic content of measured zero sequence current to its fundamental

component exceeds corresponding setting value.

Furthermore, if the fundamental component of zero sequence current

exceeds the upper limit value for unblocking, the earth fault protection will not

be blocked any longer.

On the contrary, if binary setting of “EF Chk I2/I1” is set, the inrush condition is

recognized if the ratio of second harmonic content in each phase current to

their fundamental component exceeds setting value.

Furthermore, if the fundamental component of each phase current exceeds

the upper limit value for unblocking, the earth fault protection will not be

blocked any longer.

1.2.3 Direction determination feature

1.2.3.1 Zero-sequence directional element

In this method, the direction determination is performed by comparing the

zero sequence system quantities. In current path, the measured IN current is

valid, when the neutral current is connected to the IED and the binary setting

“3I0 Measured” is enabled. Otherwise, the IED calculates quantity 3I0 from

the summation of the three phase currents when the binary setting “3I0

Calculated” is enabled. In the voltage path, the displacement voltage VN is

used as reference voltage, if it is connected, and the binary setting “3U0

Measured” is enabled. Otherwise, the IED calculates the zero sequence

voltage 3V0 from the summation of three phase voltages if binary setting “3U0

Calculated” is enabled. Direction determination can be performed by the IED

for 3V0 quantity having a magnitude fall to 2V. Contrary to the directional

phase elements, which work based on the un-faulted voltage as reference

voltage, for the earth fault protection direction element, the zero sequence

voltage is used as the reference voltage. Depending on the connection of the

voltage transformer (setting “3U0 Measured/3U0 Calculated”), VN or 3V0

(3V0=VA+VB+VC) is applied.

In order to satisfy different network conditions and applications, the reference

voltage can be rotated by adjustable angle between 0° and 90° in clockwise

direction (negative sign). It should be noted that the settings are applied for all

the directional stages of earth fault element. In this way, the vector of rotated

reference voltage can be closely adjusted to the vector of fault current -3I0

which lags the fault voltage 3V0 by the fault angle Φ0_Char. This will provide

the best detection result for the direction determination. The rotated reference

Page 53: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

38

voltage defines the forward and reverse area. The forward area is in range of

±80° around the rotated reference voltage. If the vector of the fault current -3I0

is in this area, the fault condition is detected as forward direction. The

zero-sequence direction detection characteristic is shown in Figure 6.

Forward

Φ0_Char

Bisector

0_Ref3U

-3I 0

3I 090°

Figure 6 Direction detection characteristic of zero sequence directional element

where:

Ф0_Char: The settable characteristic angle

1.2.3.2 Negative-sequence directional element

In this method, direction determination is performed by comparing the

negative sequence system quantities. To do so, the calculated negative

sequence current 3I2 is compared with the calculated negative sequence

voltage 3V2. This method is particularly suitable for the condition that the zero

sequence voltage is too low, for example, when a considerable zero

sequence mutual coupling exists between parallel lines or when there is an

unfavorable zero sequence impedance. In such cases it may be desirable to

determine direction of fault current by using negative sequence components.

If the binary setting for negative-sequence direction detection is enabled, the

default direction determination is performed by using the zero sequence

components, however, when the magnitude of zero sequence voltage falls

below permissible threshold of 2V, the negative-sequence directional element

is used to detect direction. On the contrary, if the negative-sequence direction

detection is disabled, the direction of earth fault current is only determined by

the zero sequence components. In this regard, if the magnitude of zero

sequence voltage magnitude is larger than 2V, proper direction determination

Page 54: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

39

can be detected. However, for the condition that the zero sequence voltages

below 2V, no direction determination would be applied, thus, the fault is

considered as reverse direction.

The fault current -3I2 is in phase opposition to the fault current 3I2 and lags

from the voltage 3V2 by the fault angle Φ2_Char. To satisfy different

applications, the reference voltage can be rotated by adjustable angle

between 0° and 90° in clockwise direction (negative sign) to be closely

adjusted to the vector of fault current -3I2. This would provide the best

detection result for direction determination. The rotated reference voltage

defines the forward and reverse area. The forward area is in range of ±80°

around the rotated reference voltage. If the vector of fault current -3I2 is in this

area, the fault condition is detected as forward direction. The negative

sequence direction detection characteristic is shown in Figure 7.

Forward

Φ2_Char

I3 2

I-3 2

3 RefU 2_

90°

Bisector

Figure 7 Direction detection characteristic of negative sequence directional element

where:

Ф2_Char: The settable characteristic angle

1.2.4 Logic diagram

AND“1”EF Chk I02/I01

I01 > 3I0_2H_UnBlk

I02/I01 >

Ir BLK EF

Page 55: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

40

Figure 8 Logic diagram for inrush restraint based on measured zero sequence current

OR

ANDEF Chk I2/I1

“1”

Max(Ia1,Ib1,Ic1) >I_2H_UnBlk

Ic2/Ic1 >

Ib2/Ib1 >

Ia2/Ia1 >

Ir BLK EF

Figure 9 Logic diagram for inrush restraint based on based on phase currents

AND

AND

OR

OR

AND

OR

UnBlk Fun_VTFail

Blk Fun_VTFail

Blk Fun_VTFail

UnBlk Fun_VTFail

3U0 Calculated

AND

AND

OR

OR

AND

OR

UnBlk Fun_VTFail

Blk Fun_VTFail

Blk Fun_VTFail

UnBlk Fun_VTFail

3U0 Meaured

VT Fail

U0/I0-φ

3U0>2V

VT Fail

U2/I2-φ

V1p VT Fail

U0/I0-φ

3U0>2V

VT Fail

U2/I2-φ

Forward

Forward

EF U2/I2 Dir

EF U2/I2 Dir

Page 56: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

41

Figure 10 Logic diagram for direction determination

AND

“0”EF1 2H_Blk Off

EF1 2H_Blk On

“1”EF1 Dir Off

EF1 Dir On

Func_EF1

T

I0 >

Ir BLK EF

Forward

Trip/Alarm

Figure 11 Logic diagram for first definite stage of earth fault protection

AND

“0”EFInv 2H_Blk Off

EFInv 2H_Blk On

“1”EF Inv Dir Off

EF Inv Dir On

Func_EF Inv

T

I0 Inverse

Ir BLK EF

Forward

Trip/Alarm

Figure 12 Logic diagram for inverse time stage of earth fault protection

1.3 Input and output signals

IP1

IP2

IP3

UP1

UP2

UP3

EF1 Trip

EF2 Trip

EF Inv Trip

IP0

Table 11 Analog input list

Page 57: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

42

Signal Description

IP1 Signal for current input 1

IP2 Signal for current input 2

IP3 Signal for current input 3

IP0 Signal for current input 0

UP1 Signal for voltage input 1

UP2 Signal for voltage input 2

UP3 Signal for voltage input 3

Table 12 Binary output list

Signal Description

EF1 Trip Earth fault protection stage 1 trip

EF2 Trip Earth fault protection stage 2 trip

EF Inv Trip Earth fault protection inverse time stage trip

1.4 Setting parameters

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 13 Function setting list for earth fault protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. In 3I0_EF1 Zero-sequence current

setting for stage 1 A 0.05In 20.00In

2. 0.4 T_EF1 Time delay for stage 1 S 0.00 60.00

3. 1.5In 3I0_EF2 Zero-sequence current

setting for stage 2 A 0.05In 20.00In

4. 0.1 T_EF2 Delay time for stage 2 S 0.00 60.00

5. 1 Curve_EF Inv Inverse time curve 1 12

6. 0.5In 3I0_EF Inv

Zero-sequence current

setting for inverse time

stage

A 0.05In 20.00In

7. 1 K_EF Inv Time multiplier 0.05 999.0

8. 12 A_EF Inv Time factor for inverse

time stage S 0.001 1000

9. 1 P_EF Inv Index for inverse time

stage 0.01 10.00

10. 0 B_EF Inv Delay time for inverse

time stage S 0.000 60.00

11. 30 Angle_EF Characteristic angle for degree 0.00 90.00

Page 58: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

43

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

zero-sequence direction

12. 30 Angle_Neg

Characteristic angle for

negative-sequence

direction

degree 0.00 90.00

13. In I_2H_UnBlk Maximum inrush phase

current setting A 0.25In 20.00In

14. In 3I0_2H_UnBlk

Maximum inrush zero

sequence current

setting

A 0.25In 20.00In

15. 0.15 Ratio I2/I1

Ratio for second

harmonic current to

fundamental component

0.07 0.50

16. 0.15 Ratio I02/I01

Ratio for zero sequence

second harmonic

current to zero

sequence fundamental

component

0.07 0.50

Table 14 Logical linker list for earth fault protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_EF1 Enable or disable the stage 1 of earth fault protection

2. Func_EF2 Enable or disable the stage 2 of earth fault protection

3. Func_EF Inv Enable or disable the inverse time stage of earth fault protection

Table 15 Binary setting list for earth fault protection

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

1.8 1 EF1 Dir Off EF1 Dir On Enable or disable the

direction for stage 1

1.9 1 EF1 2H_Blk Off EF1 2H_Blk On Enable or disable the inrush

restraint for stage 1

1.10 1 EF2 Dir Off EF2 Dir On Enable or disable the

direction for stage 2

1.11 1 EF2 2H_Blk Off EF2 2H_Blk On Enable or disable the inrush

restraint for stage 2

1.12 1 EF Inv Dir Off EF Inv Dir On Enable or disable the

direction for inverse stage

1.13 1 EFInv 2H_Blk Off EFInv 2H_Blk On Enable or disable the inrush

restraint for inverse stage

1.14 1 EF Chk I2/I1 EF Chk I02/I01 Enable or disable inrush

restraint by I2/I1 or I02/I01

Page 59: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

44

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

1.15 0 EF U2/I2 Dir Off EF U2/I2 Dir On Enable or disable the

negative sequence direction

2.7 0 3I0 Measured 3I0 Calculated 3I0 measured or calculated

2.8 1 3U0 Measured 3U0 Calculated 3U0 measured or calculated

2.11 0 Blk EF_CT Fail UnBlk EF_CT Fail Enable or disable the function

of CT fail blocking

2.14 1 UnBlk Fun_VT Fail Blk Fun_VT Fail Enable or disable the function

of VT fail blocking

4.2 1 EF1 Alarm EF1 Trip Stage 1 of overcurrent

protection alarm or trip

4.3 1 EF Inv Alarm EF Inv Trip Inverse stage of overcurrent

protection alarm or trip

1.5 IED reports

Table 16 Event information list

Information Description

EF1 Trip Earth fault protection stage 1 issues trip command

EF2 Trip Earth fault protection stage 2 issues trip command

EF Inv Trip Earth fault protection inverse stage issues trip command

Inrush Blk Inrush is detected to block function.

Table 17 Alarm information list

Information Description

EF1 Alarm Earth fault protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

EF Inv Alarm Earth fault protection inverse stage issues an alarm signal

1.6 Technical data

Table 18 Technical data for earth fault protection

Item Rang or value Tolerance

Definite time characteristic

Current 0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

Time delay 0.00 to 60.00s, step 0.01s ≤ ±1% setting or +40ms, at 200% operating setting

Reset time approx. 40ms

Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 at I/Ir ≥ 0.5

Page 60: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

45

Inverse time characteristics

Current 0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

IEC standard Normal inverse;

Very inverse;

Extremely inverse;

Long inverse

IEC60255-151

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20

ANSI Inverse;

Short inverse;

Long inverse;

Moderately inverse;

Very inverse;

Extremely inverse;

Definite inverse

ANSI/IEEE C37.112,

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20

user-defined characteristic T=

IEC60255-151

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20

Time factor of inverse time, A 0.005 to 200.0s, step

0.001s

Delay of inverse time, B 0.000 to 60.00s, step 0.01s

Index of inverse time, P 0.005 to 10.00, step 0.005

set time Multiplier for step n: k 0.05 to 999.0, step 0.01

Minimum operating time 20ms

Maximum operating time 100s

Reset mode instantaneous

Reset time approx. 40ms

Directional element

Operating area range of zero

sequence directional element 160°

≤ ±3°, at 3U0≥1V

Characteristic angle 0° to 90°, step 1°

Operating area range of negative

sequence directional element 160°

≤ ±3°, at 3U2≥2V

Characteristic angle 50° to 90°, step 1°

Page 61: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 4 Earth fault protection

46

Page 62: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

47

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault

protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for sensitive earth fault protection.

Page 63: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

48

1 Sensitive overcurrent protection

1.1 Introduction

In networks with high impedance earthing, the phase to earth fault current is

significantly smaller than load current and phase to phase short circuit

currents. Another difficulty for earth fault protection is that the magnitude of

the phase to earth fault current is almost independent of the fault location in

the network.

Sensitive earth fault protection can be used to detect and give selective trip of

phase to earth faults in isolated or compensated networks. The protection

function also can be applied to detect high impedance earth faults in solidly or

low-resistance earthed networks.

Sensitive earth fault protection integrated in the IED provides following

features:

Two definite time stages

One inverse time stage

11 kinds of IEC and ANSI inverse time characteristic curves as well as

optional user defined characteristic

Sensitive earth fault directional element with U0/I0-Φ principle

Sensitive earth fault directional element with Cos Φ principle

Settable directional element characteristic angle to satisfy the different

network conditions and applications

Each stage can be set to be directional, or non-directional independently

Each stage can be set individually to alarm or trip

Displacement voltage can be checked to increase function reliability

Dedicated sensitive CT

VT secondary circuit supervision for directional protection function

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Time characteristic

Page 64: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

49

The time characteristic for each stage can be chosen as definite time stage or

some type of inverse time characteristic. 11 kinds of inverse time

characteristics are available. It is also possible to create a user defined time

characteristic. Each stage can operate in conjunction with the integrated

directional functions and operate based on measured phase current which is

injected from the dedicated sensitive current transformer.

Furthermore, each stage is independent from each other and can be

combined as desired.

Pickup value for the definite stage can be set in setting value. The measured

current from sensitive CT input is compared with the corresponding setting

value with delay time. If the measured current exceeds the associated pickup

value, after expiry of the time delay, the trip command or alarm signal is

issued. The dropout value of the definite stages is approximately equal to 96%

of the pickup value.

The time delay of inverse time characteristic is calculated based on the type

of the set characteristic, the magnitude of the current and a time multiplier.

For the inverse time characteristic, both ANSI and IEC based standard curves

are available, and any user-defined characteristic can be defined using the

following equation:

K_SEF

Equation 5

where:

A_SEF: Time factor for inverse time stage

B_SEF: Delay time for inverse time stage

P_SEF: index for inverse time stage

K_SEF: Time multiplier

By applying proper setting of the aforementioned parameters, the IED

calculates the tripping or alarming time from the measured current in each

phase separately. Once the calculated time has been elapsed, the trip signal

or alarm signal is issued.

1.2.2 Direction determination feature

Page 65: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

50

The integrated directional function can be applied to each stage of sensitive

earth fault element via specified binary setting. In order to discriminate

forward or reverse short circuits, the IED provides two methods for sensitive

earth fault direction detection which should be utilized to cover all network

configurations according to the type of grounding. Based on U0/I0-Φ

measurement and based on Cos Φ measurement respectively.

When the U0/I0-Φ or Cos Φ elements used for directional sensitive earth fault

protection, the VT failure condition may result in false or undesired tripping or

alarming. In such situation, it is possible to set operation state for each stage

of sensitive earth fault protection which operates in conjunction with direction

feature by binary setting to block the function or operate without direction

detection. When binary setting is set to “UnBlk Fun_VTFail”, corresponding

sensitive earth fault stages would not consider direction in case of VT failure.

When it is set to “Blk Fun_VTFail”, the function will be blocked when VT

failure happens. It is noted that the binary setting affects all the stages of

sensitive earth fault element.

Pay attention to that direction determination based on measured

displacement voltage will not be blocked in case of failure detection in the

three-phase connected to voltage transformer. Similarly, if the direction

determination is based on the calculated displacement voltage, the protection

function will not be blocked as a result of failure detection in U4 voltage

transformer. However, in case of a failure in U4 voltage transformer, the

direction determination based on measured value of displacement voltage will

be blocked depend on the binary setting “UnBlk Fun_VTFail/Blk Fun_VTFail”

enabled or disabled.

1.2.2.1 U0/I0-Φ measurement

In this method, the direction determination is performed by comparing the

displacement angle between zero sequence system quantities. In current

path, the measured current Is from the sensitive input is applied. In the

voltage path, the displacement voltage VN is used as reference voltage, if it is

connected, and the binary setting “3U0 Measured” is enabled. Otherwise the

IED calculates the zero sequence voltage 3V0 from the summation of the

three phase voltages if setting “3U0 Calculated” is enabled. The condition for

direction determination with 3V0 quantity is that the magnitude of 3V0 is larger

than the setting ‘U_3V0_SEF’

Contrary to the directional phase elements, which work with the un-faulted

voltage as reference voltage, for the sensitive earth fault protection, the zero

sequence voltage is used as the reference voltage for direction determination.

Depending on the connection of voltage transformer (setting “3U0

Page 66: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

51

Measured/3U0 Calculated”), the corresponding reference voltage is VN or 3V0

(3V0=VA+VB+VC).

Forward

Bisector

ΦNS_Char

I- NS

INS

3 RefU0_

90°

Figure 13 Direction detection characteristic of the sensitive earth fault

directional element by U0/I0-Φ

where:

ФNS_Char: The settable characteristic angle

In order to satisfy different network conditions and applications, the reference

voltage can be rotated by adjustable angle between 0° and 90° in

anticlockwise direction (positive sign). It should be noted that the settings

affect all the directional stages of sensitive earth fault element. In this way, the

vector of rotated reference voltage can be closely adjusted to the vector of

fault current -Is which leads the fault voltage 3V0 by the fault angle ΦNS_Char.

This would provide the best possible result for the direction determination.

The rotated reference voltage defines the forward and reverse area. The

forward area is in range of ±80° around the rotated reference voltage.

1.2.2.2 CosΦ measurement

Similar to U0/I0-Φ method, the direction determination is performed in cos Φ

method by using the measured current Is from sensitive current input together

with the measured or calculated displacement voltage. In this context, the

measured displacement voltage is used if it is connected, and the binary

setting “3U0 Measured” is enabled. Otherwise the IED calculates the zero

sequence voltage 3V0 from the summation of the three phase voltages if

setting “3U0 Calculated” is enabled. The condition for direction determination

with 3V0 quantity is that the magnitude of 3V0 is larger than the setting

‘U_3V0_SEF’.

Page 67: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

52

Unlike to U0/I0-Φ method, direction determination is performed in Cos Φ

method by using those component of the residual current which is

perpendicular to the directional characteristic (axis of symmetry). Figure 14

shows how the IED adopts complex vector diagram for direction

determination. As can be seen, displacement voltage 3V0 is the reference

magnitude quantity. The axis of symmetry is defined as a line perpendicular to

this quantity. The sensitive earth fault protection would issue a trip command

or an alarm signal if the active component of Is is in the opposite direction of

the reference voltage and has a magnitude exceeds setting “IsCOS_SEF”.

Forward

3 RefU0_

I- S

IS

90°

Figure 14 Direction detection characteristic of the sensitive earth fault

directional element by Cos Φ

1.2.3 Logic diagram

ANDSEF Chk U0/I0

U0/I0-φ

3U0>

Forward

Figure 15 Logic diagram for direction determination based on U0/I0-Φ measurement

ANDSEF Chk Iscos

IsCOSφ

3U0>

Forward

Figure 16 Logic diagram for direction determination based on Cos Φ measurement

Page 68: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

53

AND

OR

OR

AND

OR

UnBlk Fun_VTFail

Blk Fun_VTFail

Blk Fun_VTFail

UnBlk Fun_VTFail

3U0 Calculated

3U0 Measured

VT Fail

Forward

V1p VT Fail

Forward Release

Figure 17 Influence of VT failure on direction determination of sensitive earth fault protection

AND

SFF1 Dir Off

“1”

SEF1 Dir On

Func_SEF1

T

Is >

Forward Release

Trip/Alarm

Figure 18 Logic diagram for the first definite stage of sensitive earth fault protection

AND

SFF Inv Dir Off

“1”

SEF Inv Dir On

Func_SEF Inv

T

Is Inverse

Forward Release

Trip/Alarm

Figure 19 Logic diagram for the inverse time stage of sensitive earth fault protection

1.3 Input and output signals

Page 69: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

54

IS SEF1 Trip

UP1

UP2

UP3

SEF1 Alarm

SEF2 Trip

SEF2 Alarm

SEF Inv Trip

SEF Inv Alarm

Table 19 Analog input list

Signal Description

Is Signal for sensitive current input

UP1 Signal for voltage input 2

UP2 Signal for voltage input 2

UP3 Signal for voltage input 3

Table 20 Binary output list

Signal Description

SEF1 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 trip

SEF1 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 alarm

SEF2 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 trip

SEF2 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 alarm

SEF Inv Trip Sensitive earth fault protection inverse time

stage trip

SEF Inv Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection inverse time

stage alarm

1.4 Setting parameters

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 21 Function setting list for sensitive earth fault protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. In I_SEF1 Sensitive current

setting for stage 1 A

0.005

(SEF)

0.05In

(Normal)

1.00

(SEF)

20.00In

(Normal)

Page 70: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

55

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

2. 0.4 T_SEF1 Time delay for stage 1 S 0.00 60.00

3. 1.5In I_SEF2 Sensitive current

setting for stage 2 A

0.005

(SEF)

0.05In

(Normal)

1.00

(SEF)

20.00In

(Normal)

4. 0.1 T_SEF2 Time delay for stage 2 S 0.00 60.00

5. 1 Curve_SEF

Inv Inverse time curve 1 12

6. 0.5In I_SEF Inv

Sensitive current

setting for inverse

stage

A

0.005

(SEF)

0.05In

(Normal)

1.00

(SEF)

20.00In

(Normal)

7. 1 K_SEF Inv Time multiplier 0.05 999.0

8. 12 A_SEF Inv Time factor for inverse

time stage S 0.001 1000

9. 1 P_SEF Inv Index for inverse time

stage 0.01 10.00

10. 0 B_SEF Inv Delay time for inverse

time stage S 0.000 60.00

11. 30 Angle_SEF

Characteristic angle

for U0/I0-Φ

measurement

degree 0.00 90.00

12. 0.01 IsCOS_SEF

Sensitve current for

direction determination

of IsCosΦ

measurement

A 0.005 1.00

13. 20 U_3V0_SEF Voltage threshold for

direction determination V 2.00 100.0

Table 22 Logical linker list for sensitive earth fault protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_SEF1 Enable or disable the stage 1 of sensitive earth fault protection

2. Func_SEF2 Enable or disable the stage 2 of sensitive earth fault protection

3. Func_SEF Inv Enable or disable the inverse time stage of sensitive earth

fault protection

Table 23 Binary setting list for sensitive earth fault protection

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

2.1 SEF1 Dir Off SEF1 Dir On Enable or disable the direction for

Page 71: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

56

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

stage 1

2.2 SEF2 Dir Off SEF2 Dir On Enable or disable the direction for

stage 2

2.3 SEF Inv Dir Off SEF Inv Dir On Enable or disable the direction for

inverse stage

2.4 SEF Chk Iscos SEF Chk U0/I0 Direction determination by U0/I0-Φ

measurement or IsCosΦ measurement

2.8 3U0 Measured 3U0 Calculated 3U0 measured or calculated

2.14 UnBlk Fun_VT Fail Blk Fun_VT Fail Enable or disable the function of VT fail

blocking

4.4 SEF1 Alarm SEF1 Trip Stage 1 of sensitive earth fault

protection alarm or trip

4.5 SEF2 Alarm SEF2 Trip Stage 2 of sensitive earth fault

protection alarm or trip

4.6 SEF Inv Alarm SEF Inv Trip Inverse stage of sensitive earth fault

protection alarm or trip

1.5 IED reports

Table 24 Event information list

Information Description

SEF1 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 issues trip command

SEF2 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 issues trip command

SEF Inv Trip Sensitive earth fault protection inverse stage issues trip command

Table 25 Alarm information list

Information Description

SEF1 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

SEF2 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 issues an alarm signal

SEF Inv Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection inverse stage issues an alarm signal

1.6 Technical data

Table 26 Technical data for sensitive earth fault protection

Item Range or value Tolerance

Definite time characteristic

Current from sensitive CT input 0.005 to 1.000 A , step 0.001 A ≤ ±3 % setting value or 1 mA

Page 72: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

57

Current from neutral CT input 0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3 % setting value or 0.02 Ir

Time delay 0.00 to 60.00, step 0.01 s ≤ ±1.5 % setting value or +40

ms, at 200% operating setting

Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 when I/In ≥ 0.5

Reset time Approx. 40 ms

Inverse time characteristics

Current from sensitive input 0.005 to 1.000 A , step 0.001 A ≤ ±3 % setting value or 1 mA

Current from normal input 0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3 % setting value or 0.02 Ir

IEC standard Normal inverse;

Very inverse;

Extremely inverse;

Long inverse

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20, in accordance

with IEC60255-151

ANSI Inverse;

Short inverse;

Long inverse;

Moderately inverse;

Very inverse;

Extremely inverse;

Definite inverse

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20, in

accordance with ANSI/IEEE

C37.112,

user-defined characteristic

T= A

i

I SET P 1

B k

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20, in accordance

with IEC60255-151

Time factor of inverse time, A 0.005 to 200.0s, step 0.001s

Delay of inverse time, B 0.000 to 60.00s, step 0.01s

Index of inverse time, P 0.005 to 10.00, step 0.005

set time Multiplier for step n: k 0.05 to 999.0, step 0.01

Minimum operating time 20ms

Maximum operating time 100s

Reset mode instantaneous

Reset time approx. 40ms

Directional element for sensitive earth-fault protection

principles I cos Φ

Φ (V0 / I0)”

Direction measurement IE and VE measured

or 3V0 calculated

3U0 Minimum voltage threshold 2.00 to 100.00 V, step 0.01 V ≤ ±3 % setting for measured

voltage;

≤ ±5 % setting for calculated

voltage

Characteristic angle Φ_SEFChar 0.0° to 90.0°, step 1° ≤ ±3°

Page 73: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 5 Sensitive earth fault protection

58

Operating area range 160° ≤ ±3°

Page 74: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

59

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence

overcurrent protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for negative-sequence overcurrent protection.

Page 75: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

60

1 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

1.1 Introduction

Negative-sequence overcurrent protection detects unbalanced loads on the

system. It is especially useful to monitor the unbalanced load of motors. This

is due to the fact that unbalanced loads create counter-rotating fields in

three-phase induction motors, which cause overheating in rotor end zones. In

addition, the protection function may be used to detect interruptions, short

circuits and polarity problems with current transformers. Furthermore, it is

suitable for detecting single-phase and two-phase faults with fault currents

lower than load currents.

The protection provide following features:

Two definite time stages

One inverse time stage

11 kinds of IEC and ANSI inverse time characteristic curves as well as

optional user defined characteristic

The first definite stage and inverse stage can be set individually as alarm

or trip stage

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Protection function description

The IED provides three negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages

from which two stages operate as definite time stages and the other one

operates with inverse time-current characteristic. The negative-sequence

overcurrent protection operates based on negative sequence current

calculated from three phase currents, as follows:

Equation 6

Page 76: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

61

Furthermore, each stage is independent from each other and can be

combined as desired.

Individual pickup value for each definite stage can be set in setting value. The

calculated negative sequence current from Equation 6 is compared

separately with the corresponding setting value with delay time. If the

calculated negative-sequence current exceeds the associated pickup value,

after expiry of the time delay, the trip command or alarm signal is issued. The

drop out value of the definite stages is approximately equal to 95% of the

pickup value for I/In ≥ 0.5.

The time delay of inverse time characteristic is calculated based on the type

of the set characteristic, the magnitude of the current and a time multiplier.

For the inverse time characteristic, both ANSI and IEC based standard curves

are available, and any user-defined characteristic can be defined using the

following equation:

K_NSOC

Equation 7

where:

A_NSOC: Time factor for inverse time stage

B_NSOC: Delay time for inverse time stage

P_NSOC: index for inverse time stage

K_NSOC: Time multiplier

By applying proper setting of the aforementioned parameters, the IED

calculates the tripping or alarming time from the measured current in each

phase separately. Once the calculated time has been elapsed, the trip signal

or alarm signal is issued.

1.2.2 Logic diagram

Page 77: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

62

AND T1

Func_NSOC1 On

AND T2

Func_NSOC2 On

ANDFunc_NSOC Inv

CT Fail

3I2 > 3I2_NSOC1

3I2 > 3I2_NSOC2

3I2 > 3I2_NSOC Inv

NS1 Trip/Alarm

NS2 Trip/Alarm

NS INV Trip/Alarm

Figure 20 Logic diagram for negative-sequence overcurrent protection

1.3 Input and output signals

1.4 Setting parameters

IP1

IP2

IP3

NSOC1 Trip

NSOC2 Trip

NSOC Inv Trip

NSOC1 Alarm

NSOC2 Alarm

NSOC Inv Alarm

Table 27 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 Signal for current input 1

IP2 Signal for current input 2

IP3 Signal for current input 3

Table 28 Binary output list

Signal Description

NSOC1 Trip Negative sequence overcurrent protection

stage 1 trip

Page 78: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

63

NSOC1 Alarm Negative sequence overcurrent protection

stage 1 alarm

NSOC2 Trip Negative sequence overcurrent protection

stage 2 trip

NSOC2 Alarm Negative sequence overcurrent protection

stage 2 alarm

NSOC Inv Trip Negative sequence overcurrent protection

inverse time stage trip

NSOC Inv Alarm Negative sequence overcurrent protection

inverse time stage alarm

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 29 Function setting list for negative-sequence overcurrent protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. In 3I2_NSOC1

Negative sequence

current setting for

stage 1 of NSOC

protection

A 0.05In 20.00In

2. 0.4 T_NSOC1 Time setting for stage

1 of NSOC protection S 0.00 60.00

3. 1.5In 3I2_NSOC2

Negative sequence

current setting for

stage 2 of NSOC

protection

A 0.05In 20.00In

4. 0.1 T_NSOC2 Time setting for stage

2 of NSOC protection S 0.00 60.00

5. 1 Curve_NSO

C Inv Inverse time curve 1 12

6. 0.5In 3I2_NSOC

Inv

Negative sequence

current setting for

inverse stage of NSOC

protection

A 0.05In 20.00In

7. 1 K_NSOC Inv Time multiplier 0.05 999.0

8. 0.056 A_NSOC Inv Time factor for inverse

time stage S 0.001 1000

9. 0.02 P_NSOC Inv Index for inverse time

stage 0.01 10.00

10. 0 B_NSOC Inv Delay time for inverse

time stage S 0.000 60.00

Page 79: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

64

Table 30 Logical linker list for negative-sequence overcurrent protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_NSOC1 Enable or disable the stage 1 of negative sequence protection

2. Func_NSOC2 Enable or disable the stage 2 of negative sequence protection

3. Func_NSOC Inv Enable or disable the inverse time stage of negative sequence

protection

Table 31 Binary setting list for negative-sequence overcurrent protection

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

4.7 NSOC1 Alarm NSOC1 Trip Stage 1 of negative sequence

overcurrent protection alarm or trip

4.8 NSOC Inv Alarm NSOC Inv Trip Inverse stage of negative sequence

overcurrent protection alarm or trip

1.5 IED reports

Table 32 Event information list

Information Description

NSOC1 Trip Negative sequence current protection stage 1 issues trip command

NSOC2 Trip Negative sequence current protection stage 2 issues trip command

NSOC Inv Trip Negative sequence current protection inverse stage issues trip command

Table 33 Alarm information list

Information Description

NSOC1 Alarm Negative sequence current protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

NSOC Inv Alarm Negative sequence current protection inverse stage issues an alarm signal

1.6 Technical data

Table 34 Technical data for negative sequence overcurrent protection

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Definite time characteristic

Current 0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting value or ±0.02Ir

Time delay 0.00 to 60.00, step 0.01 s ≤ ±1% setting or +40ms, at 200% operating setting

Reset time ≤ 40 ms

Page 80: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

65

Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Ir > 0.5

Inverse time characteristics

Current 0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

IEC standard Normal inverse;

Very inverse;

Extremely inverse;

Long inverse

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20, in accordance

with IEC60255-151

ANSI Inverse;

Short inverse;

Long inverse;

Moderately inverse;

Very inverse;

Extremely inverse;

Definite inverse

≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20, in

accordance with ANSI/IEEE

C37.112,

user-defined characteristic T=

A

i

I SET P 1

B k ≤ ±5% setting + 40ms, at 2

<I/ISETTING < 20, in accordance

with IEC60255-151

Time factor of inverse time, A 0.005 to 200.0s, step 0.001s

Delay of inverse time, B 0.000 to 60.00s, step 0.01s

Index of inverse time, P 0.005 to 10.00, step 0.005

set time Multiplier for step n: k 0.05 to 999.0, step 0.01

Minimum operating time 20ms

Maximum operating time 100s

Reset time approx. 40ms

Page 81: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 6 Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

66

Page 82: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 7 Thermal overload protection

67

Chapter 7 Thermal overload

protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and

output signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and

technical data used for thermal overload protection.

Page 83: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 7 Thermal overload protection

68

1 Thermal overload protection

1.1 Introduction

The thermal overload protection represents an essential requirement to

prevent protected equipment from thermal damaging due to overloads.

Thermal damage mostly affects the insulating material surrounding the phase

current conductors in transformers, cables or any other power equipment. As

a matter of fact, the insulation material ages too rapidly if the equipment

temperature exceeds the design limit value. Thus, a special protection is

needed to prevent over-temperature condition for the protected object. Since

severity of over-temperature condition is directly proportional to current

squared, the thermal protection operates based on the square of measured

current flowing through the protected object. Furthermore, because the

cumulative nature of over-temperature condition, it is necessary to integrate

previous thermal history of equipment in the protection. This is achieved in

the IED by providing a comprehensive thermal replica of the protected object.

In this regard, the IED provides an overload protection with memory capability

by taking into account both the previous history of an overload and the heat

loss to the environment.

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Function description

The thermal overload protection in the IED is provided with one trip stage as

well as one alarm stage. It is possible to set the alarm stage at a certain

percentage of the setting value applied at the trip stage. They protection

function operates based on an approximate replica of the protected object in

the event of temperature rise caused by overload. The thermal replica is

implemented based on thermal models (Cold or Hot Curve) of IEC60255-8

standard. The temperature rise is calculated separately for each phase in a

thermal replica from the square of the respective phase current. The

maximum calculated temperature rise of the three phases is decisive for

evaluation of the thresholds.

The IED calculates the temperature rise of the protected equipment in each

phase, based on following differential equation:

Page 84: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 7 Thermal overload protection

69

Equation 8

where:

: is thermal time constant of heating for the protected object, in seconds. It is usually

determined by manufacturer of the protected object. This parameter can be set in

setting value.

I: is the measured fundamental current flowing through each phase of the protected

object.

: is the maximum permissible continuous thermal overload current. It is usually

specified by manufacturer of the protected object. This parameter can be set in

setting value.

: is temperature rise of the protected object in per unit of the final temperature rise

at maximum allowed phase current .

According to Equation 8, the tripping time for thermal overload protection is

calculated by the following equation based on Hot Curve in IEC60255-8

standard:

Equation 9

where:

IP: is steady state current previous to the overload.

The IED is capable to calculate tripping time of thermal overload protection

not only based on the Hot Curve, but also based on Cold Curve as defined in

IEC60255-8 standard and equation as following:

Equation 10

From the Equation 9 and Equation 10 can be seen, the cold curve provides

no memory regarding to previous thermal condition of the protected object,

Page 85: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 7 Thermal overload protection

70

whereas, by using the hot curve, the protection function is able to represent a

memorized thermal profile of the protected object. It is possible to set which

curve should be considered for thermal overload protection by binary setting

“Hot Curve/Cold Curve”. If “Hot Curve” is enabled, tripping time of thermal

overload protection would be calculated based on Equation 9. In contrast, if

applying “Cold Curve”, Equation 10 would be used for calculation process. It

is noted that binary setting “Hot Curve/Cold Curve” affects both the alarm and

trip stages.

1.3 Input and output signals

1.4 Setting parameters

IP1

IP2

IP3

Thermal OL Trip

Thermal OL Alarm

Table 35 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 Signal for current input 1

IP2 Signal for current input 2

IP3 Signal for current input 3

Table 36 Binary output list

Signal Description

Thermal OL Trip Thermal overload protection trip

Thermal OL Alarm Thermal overload protection alarm

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 37 Function setting list for thermal overload protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. In I_Therm OL Current setting for thermal

overload protection A 0.10In 10.00In

Page 86: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 7 Thermal overload protection

71

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

2. 60 T_Const Therm Time constant for thermal

overload protection S 6.0 9999

3. 1 Ratio_Cool Cool ratio for Hot Curve of

thermal overload protection

0.100 10.00

4. 0.9 Ratio_Alarm Alarm ratio for thermal

overload protection

0.500 1.000

Table 38 Logical linker list for thermal overload protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_ThermOL Enable or disable the thermal overload protection

Table 39 Binary setting list for thermal overload protection

Bit “0” “1” Description

2.5 Therm Alarm Off Therm Alarm On Enable or disable the alarm function of

thermal overload protection

2.6 Hot Curve Cold Curve Enable or disable the Hot Curve or Cold

Curve

1.5 IED reports

Table 40 Event information list

Information Description

Therm OL Trip Thermal overload protection issues trip command

Table 41 Alarm information list

Information Description

Therm OL Alarm Thermal overload protection issues an alarm signal

1.6 Technical data

Table 42 Technical data for thermal overload protection

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Current 0.1 Ir to 5.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

Thermal heating time constant 1 to 9999 s

Page 87: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 7 Thermal overload protection

72

Thermal cooling time constant 1 to 9999 s

IEC cold curve

22

2

ln

II

It

eq

eq

IEC 60255–8,

≤ ±5% setting or +40ms

IEC hot curve

22

22

ln

II

IIt

eq

Peq

IEC 60255–8,

≤ ±5% setting or +40ms

Page 88: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 8 Current overload protection

73

Chapter 8 Current overload

protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for current overload protection.

Page 89: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 8 Current overload protection

74

1 Current overload protection

1.1 Function description

The purpose of the overload protection is used to protect the capacitor bank

against the faults that occur normally by over-voltage which results in

dielectric breakdown. Alarm function and trip function are provided, which can

be enabled or disabled separately.

1.1.1 Logic diagram

Func_OL

TalarmOR

OL Alarm On

Func_OL

TtripOR

Ia>

Ib>

Ic>

Ia>>

Ib>>

Ic>>

Trip

Alarm

Figure 21 Logic diagram for current overload protection

1.2 Input and output signals

IP1

IP2

IP3

Overload Alarm

Overload Trip

Table 43 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 Signal for current input 1

IP2 Signal for current input 2

Page 90: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 8 Current overload protection

75

IP3 Signal for current input 3

Table 44 Binary output list

Signal Description

Thermal OL Trip Thermal overload protection trip

Thermal OL Alarm Thermal overload protection alarm

1.3 Setting parameter

1.3.1 Setting list

Table 45 Function setting list for current overload protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 1.5In I_OL Alarm Current setting for alarm of

overload protection A 0.05In 20.00In

2. 5 T_OL Alarm Time setting for alarm of

overload protection s 0.10 6000.0

3. 1.2In I_OL Trip Current setting for trip of

overload protection A 0.05In 20.00In

4. 10 T_OL Trip Time setting for trip of overload

protection s 0.10 6000.0

Table 46 Logical linker list for thermal overload protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_OL Enable or disable the overload protection

Table 47 Binary setting list for thermal overload protection

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

4.7 OL Alarm Off OL Alarm On Enable or disable the alarm

function of overload protection

1.4 IED reports

Table 48 Event information list

Information Description

Page 91: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 8 Current overload protection

76

Information Description

OL Trip Over load protection issues trip command

Table 49 Alarm information list

Information Description

OL Alarm Over load protection issues an alarm signal

Page 92: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection

77

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for overvoltage protection.

Page 93: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection

78

1 Overvoltage protection

1.1 Introduction

The overvoltage protection detects abnormal network and machine high

voltage conditions. Overvoltage conditions may occur possibly in the power

system during abnormal conditions such as no-load, light load, or open line

end on long line. The protection can be used as open line end detector or as

system voltage supervision normally.

The protection provides following features:

Two definite time stages

First stage can be set to alarm or trip

Measuring voltage between phase-earth voltage and phase-phase

(selectable)

Three phase or single phase voltage connection

Settable dropout ratio

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Overvoltage protection principle

Overvoltage protection element provides two definite time stages which can

be enabled or disabled separately according to the user’s requirement using

dedicated binary setting “Func_OV1” and “Func_OV2”. The first stage can be

used for tripping or alarming, whereas the second stage is dedicated for

tripping purposes. It is possible to select the operation mode of the first stage

of overvoltage protection using binary setting “OV1 Alarm/OV1 Trip”. As

expected, setting “OV1 Alarm” makes it work as an alarming stage, while by

applying “OV1 Trip”, it is possible to use the first stage as a tripping stage.

Voltage thresholds and time delays can be set individually for each element.

Thus, alarming or tripping can be time-coordinated depending on how severe

the voltage increases are, i.e. in case of a high overvoltage, trip command

can be issued with a short time delay, whereas in case of less severe

overvoltage, trip or alarm command can be issued with a longer time delay. In

this context, settings “U_OV1” and “T_OV1” correspond to the voltage

threshold and time delay of the first stage. Similarly, settings “U_OV2” and

“T_OV2” are related to the second stage. The dropout ratio for both the

overvoltage stages can be set through setting “Dropout_OV”.

Page 94: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection

79

Overvoltage protection can operate based on phase to earth voltages VA-N,

VB-N, VC-N or phase to phase voltage VA-B, VB-C, VC-A. The IED is

informed about user’s preference by binary setting “OV PP/OV PE”. By

setting “OV PP”, calculation would be based on phase to phase voltages.

However, by setting “OV PE”, phase to ground voltages would be employed

in calculation.

1.2.2 Voltage connection

A

B

C

VA

VB

VC

VN

CSC-211

A

B

C

Case A

CSC-211

VC

VN

VB

VA

Case B

A

B

C

VA

VB

VC

VN

A

B

C

VA

VB

VC

VN

Case C Case D

CSC-211 CSC-211

Figure 22 Connection example for overvoltage protection

As can be seen from Figure 22, overvoltage protection is suitable for different

connections of voltage transformer. Overvoltage protection is capable to

operate not only with three phase to earth voltages connection (Case A and

Case B) but also with only one phase to phase voltage (Case C) or phase to

earth voltage (Case D). If only one phase to phase voltage is connected to the

IED, it can be connected to the VA-VB, VB-VC or VC-VA input of the relay. In

this case, overvoltage protection should be set to operate based on “OV PP”.

Similarly, by connection of one phase to earth voltage to the device, it can be

connected to the VA-VN, VB-VN or VC-VN input of the relay. Furthermore,

overvoltage protection should be set to operate based on “OV PE”. It should

be noted that if the IED is only provided with one phase to phase voltage, it is

Page 95: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection

80

impossible to calculate phase to earth voltage accurately. This is because the

fact that there is no earth voltage connected to the IED.

It is noted that despite the capability of overvoltage protection to operate

properly with one phase to phase or one phase to earth voltage, maybe there

are some limitation may exist in operation of other protection functions, in

these conditions. For example, direction determination based on three phase

voltages would not operate with one voltage transformer connected.

Furthermore, depending on the application, voltage transformers may be

installed either on the source side or the load side of the associated circuit

breaker. However, these different arrangements have no influence in

behavior of the overvoltage protection.

As mentioned previously, according to different requirements, stage 1 of the

overvoltage protection can be set to trip or alarm, whereas stage 2 is

dedicated for trip. If the setting “OV1 Alarm” is applied, the alarm output of

respective stage would be marshaled to “ALARM” contact. On the contrary, if

setting “OV1 Trip” is applied, the trip command of respective stage can be

configured at different output modules by using the trip binary setting. It

should be noted that the protection functions which are marshaled.

1.2.3 Logic diagram

OV PE

OV PP

T1

Func_OV1

OR

OR

OR

Ua>

Ub>

Uc>

Uab>

Ubc>

Uca>

Trip/Alarm

Figure 23 Overvoltage stage 1 operation logic

Page 96: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection

81

OV PE

OV PP

T2Func_OV2

OR

OR

OR

Ua>>

Ub>>

Uc>>

Uab>>

Ubc>>

Uca>>

Trip

Figure 24 Overvoltage stage 2 operation logic

1.3 Input and output signals

UP1

UP2

UP3 OV1 Alarm

OV2 Alarm

OV1_Trip

OV2_Trip

Table 50 Analog input list

Signal Description

UP1 Signal for voltage input 1

UP2 Signal for voltage input 2

UP3 Signal for voltage input 3

Table 51 Binary output list

Signal Description

OV1 Alarm Overvoltage protection stage 1 alarm

OV2 Alarm Overvoltage protection stage 2 alarm

OV1_Trip Overvoltage protection stage 1 trip

OV2_Trip Overvoltage protection stage 2 trip

1.4 Setting parameters

1.4.1 Setting list

Page 97: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection

82

Table 52 Function setting list for overvoltage protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 70 U_OV1 The voltage setting

for OV stage 1 V

40.00 (PE)

80.00(PP)

100.0(PE)

200.0(PP)

2. 0.1 T_OV1 The time setting for

OV stage 1 S 0.00 60.00

3. 70 U_OV2 The voltage setting

for OV stage 2 V

40.00 (PE)

80.00(PP)

100.0(PE)

200.0(PP)

4. 0.1 T_OV2 The time setting for

OV stage 2 S 0.00 60.00

5. 0.95 Dropout_OV The dropout ratio for

OV protection 0.90 0.99

Table 53 Logical linker list for overvoltage protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_OV1 Enable or disable the overvoltage stage 1

2. Func_OV2 Enable or disable the overvoltage stage 2

Table 54 Binary setting list for overvoltage protection

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

KG3.3 OV PP OV PE Selection overvoltage connection

as PP or PE

KG4.12 OV1 Alarm OV1 Trip Selection overvoltage protection

as alarm or trip

1.5 IED reports

Table 55 Event information list

Information Description

OV1 Trip Overvoltage protection stage 1 issues trip command

OV2 Trip Overvoltage protection stage 2 issues trip command

Table 56 Alarm information list

Information Description

OV1 Alarm Overvoltage protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

Page 98: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection

83

1.6 Technical data

Table 57 Technical data for overvoltage protection

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Voltage connection Phase-to-phase voltages or

phase-to-earth voltages

≤ ±3 % setting or ±1 V

Phase to earth voltage 40 to 100 V, step 1 V ≤ ±3 % setting or ±1 V

Phase to phase voltage 80 to 200 V, step 1 V ≤ ±3 % setting or ±1 V

Reset ratio 0.90 to 0.99, step 0.01 ≤ ±3 % setting

Time delay 0.00 to 60.00 s, step 0.01s ≤ ±1 % setting or +50 ms, at

120% operating setting

Reset time <40ms

Page 99: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 9 Overvoltage protection

84

Page 100: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

85

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and

output signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and

technical data used for undervoltage protection.

Page 101: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

86

1 Undervoltage protection

1.1 Introduction

The undervoltage protection provides protection against dangerous voltage

drops, especially for electric machines.

The protection function provides following features:

Two definite time stages

First stage can be set to alarm or trip

Measuring voltage between phase-earth voltage and phase-phase

selectable

Current criteria supervision

Circuit breaker aux. contact supervision

VT secondary circuit supervision, the undervoltage function will be

blocked when VT failure happens

Settable dropout ratio

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Protection function description

Undervoltage protection element provides two definite time stages which can

be enabled or disabled separately according to the user’s requirement using

dedicated binary settings “Fun_UV1” and “Fun_UV2”. The first stage can be

used for tripping or alarming, whereas the second stage is dedicated for

tripping purposes. It is possible to select the operation mode of the first stage

of undervoltage protection using binary setting “UV1 Alarm/ UV1 Trip”. As

expected, setting “UV1 Alarm” makes it work as an alarming stage, while by

applying “UV1 Trip” it is possible to set the first stage as a tripping

undervoltage stage. Voltage thresholds and time delays can be set

individually for each element. Thus, alarming or tripping can be

time-coordinated depending on how severe the voltage collapses are. In this

context, settings “U_UV1” and “T_UV1” correspond to the voltage threshold

and time delay of the first stage. Similarly, settings “U_UV2” and “T_UV2” are

related to the second stage. The dropout ratio for both the undervoltage

stages can be set through setting “Dropout_UV”.

Page 102: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

87

Undervoltage protection can operate based on phase to earth voltages VA-N,

VB-N, VC-N or phase to phase voltage VA-B, VB-C, VC-A . The IED is

informed about user’s preference by binary setting “UV PP/ UV PE”. By

setting “UV PP”, calculation would be based on phase to phase voltages.

However, by setting “UV PE”, phase to ground voltages would be employed in

calculation. Furthermore, it is possible to set the IED to operate either when

all the measured phase to earth voltages (or phase to phase voltages

according to the setting of “UV PP/ UV PE”) falls below the setting values

“U_UV1” and “U_UV2” or when at least one of the phase to earth voltages (or

at least one of the phase to phase voltages according to the setting of “UV

PP/ UV PE”) falls below the respective setting values “U_UV1” and “U_UV2.

This can be achieved by setting of binary setting “UV Chk All Phase/UV Chk

One Phase”. If setting “UV Chk All Phase” is applied, the undervoltage

protection would operate only if all of the phase to ground or phase to phase

voltages falls below the setting of “U_UV1” and “U_UV2”. In contrast, if setting

“UV Chk One Phase” is applied, the protection would operate when at least

one of the phase to earth or phase to phase voltages drops below the

respective thresholds.

1.2.2 Voltage connection

A

B

C

VA

VB

VC

VN

CSC-211

A

B

C

Case A

CSC-211

VC

VN

VB

VA

Case B

A

B

C

VA

VB

VC

VN

A

B

C

VA

VB

VC

VN

Case C Case D

CSC-211 CSC-211

Figure 25 Connection example for undervoltage protection

Page 103: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

88

As can be seen from Figure 25, undervoltage protection is suitable for

different connections of voltage transformer. Undervoltage protection is

capable to operate not only with three phase to earth voltages connection

(Case A and Case B) but also with only one phase to phase voltage (Case C)

or phase to earth voltage (Case D). If only one phase to phase voltage is

connected to the IED, it can be connected to VA-VB, VB-VC or VC-VA input of

the IED and the IED should be informed by binary setting “1Ph V Connect”. In

this case, undervoltage protection should be set to operate based on “UV PP”

and “UV Chk All Phase”. Similarly, by connection of one phase to earth

voltage to the device, it can be connected to VA-VN, VB-VN or VC-VN input of

the relay and the relay should be informed by control word “1Ph V Connect”.

Furthermore, undervoltage protection should be set to operate based on “UV

PE” and “UV Chk All Phase”. It should be noted that if the IED is only provided

with one phase to phase voltage, it is impossible to calculate phase to earth

voltage accurately. This is because the fact that there is no earth voltage

connected to the IED.

It is noted that despite the capability of undervoltage protection to operate

properly by using only one phase to phase or one phase to earth voltage,

maybe there are some limitation in operation of other protection functions, in

these conditions. For example, direction determination based on three phase

voltages would not operate with one voltage transformer connected.

1.2.3 Depending on the VT location

Depending on the application, voltage transformers may be installed either on

the source side or the load side of the associated circuit breaker. These

different arrangements may lead to different behavior of the undervoltage

protection. When a tripping command is issued and the circuit breaker is

opened, full voltage remains on the source side while the load side voltage

becomes zero. In this case, undervoltage protection may remain picked up.

This problem is removed in the IED by integrating additional current criterion.

In this context, undervoltage pickup can be maintained only when the

undervoltage criterion satisfied and a minimum current (setting “I_Chk”) are

exceeded. The largest of the three phase currents is decisive. In other words,

subsequent to each pickup, the undervoltage protection would drop out as

soon as the current decreases below the setting of “I_Chk”. If the voltage

transformer is installed on the source side and it is not desired to check

current flow, this feature can be disabled by setting the minimum threshold of

“I_Chk” to 0. Furthermore, it is possible for the IED to integrate circuit breaker

position in operation logic of undervoltage protection. By employing this

feature, the IED would issue a trip command when the circuit breaker is

closed. In this regard, undervoltage protection would drop out when circuit

Page 104: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

89

breaker is opened. This feature can be enabled by applying setting “UV Chk

CB On” in binary setting. This is mainly useful when voltage transformer is

installed on load side. However, if the voltage transformer is installed on the

source side and it is not desired to check circuit breaker position in

undervoltage protection, setting “UV Chk CB Off” should be applied in binary

setting.

1.2.4 Logic diagram

OR

OR

OR

AND

OR

UV Chk One Phase

UV PE

UV Chk All Phase

OR

UV Chk One Phase

UV PP

UV Chk All Phase

AND

Ua<

Ub<

Uc<

Ua<

Ub<

Uc<

Uab<

Ubc<

Uca<

Uab<

Ubc<

Uca<

UV stg1

Figure 26 Logic diagram for undervoltage stage 1

Page 105: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

90

OR

OR

OR

AND

OR

UV Chk One Phase

UV PE

UV Chk All Phase

OR

UV Chk One Phase

UV PP

UV Chk All Phase

AND

Ua<<

Ub<<

Uc<<

Ua<<

Ub<<

Uc<<

Uab<<

Ubc<<

Uca<<

Uab<<

Ubc<<

Uca<<

UV stg2

Figure 27 Logic diagram for undervoltage stage 2

T1

Fun_UV1

AND

OR

“1”

UV Chk CB On

UV Chk CB Off

UV stg1

3Ph CB Open

Cur.Flow

VT fail

Trip/Alarm

Note: CSC-211 V01 has no ‘Cur.Flow’criterion

Figure 28 Logic diagram for undervoltage stage 1 operation

Page 106: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

91

T2

Fun_UV2

AND

OR

“1”

UV Chk CB On

UV Chk CB Off

UV stg2

CB Open

Cur.Flow

VT fail

Trip

Note: CSC-211 V01 has no ‘Cur.Flow’criterion

Figure 29 Logic diagram for undervoltage stage 2 operation

1.3 Input and output signals

UP1

UP2

UP3 UV1 Alarm

UV1 Trip

UV2 Trip

IP1

IP2

IP3

Ph A CB Open

Ph B CB Open

Ph C CB Open

Table 58 Analog input list

Signal Description

UP1 signal for voltage input 1

UP2 signal for voltage input 2

UP3 signal for voltage input 3

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

Table 59 Binary input list

Signal Description

Ph A CB Open Phase A open status of CB

Ph B CB Open Phase B open status of CB

Ph C CB Open Phase C open status of CB

Page 107: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

92

Table 60 Binary output list

Signal Description

UV1 Alarm Undervoltage protection stage 1 alarm

UV1_Trip Undervoltage protection stage 1 trip

UV2_Trip Undervoltage protection stage 2 trip

1.4 Setting parameter

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 61 Function setting list for undervoltage protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 40 U_UV1 Voltage setting for stage 1 of

undervoltage protection V

5.00

(PE)

10.00

(PP)

75.0

(PE)

150.0

(PP)

2. 0.1 T_UV1 Time setting for stage 1 of

undervoltage protection s 0.00 120.0

3. 40 U_UV2 Voltage setting for stage 2 of

undervoltage protection V

5.00

(PE)

10.00

(PP)

75.0

(PE)

150.0

(PP)

4. 0.1 T_UV2 Time setting for stage 2 of

undervoltage protection s 0.00 120.0

5. 1.05 Dropout_UV Dropout ratio for undervoltage

protection 1.01 2.00

6. 0.2In I_Chk Current setting for

undervoltage protection A 0.00In 2.00In

Table 62 Logical linker list for undervoltage protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_UV1 Enable or disable the stage 1 of undervoltage protection

2. Func_UV2 Enable or disable the stage 2 of undervoltage protection

Table 63 Binary setting list for undervoltage protection

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

2.9 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect Single phase or three phase

Page 108: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

93

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

voltage connection

3.0 UV Chk CB Off UV Chk CB On Enable or disable the function of

checking CB status

3.1 UV Chk All Phase UV Chk One Phase

Enable or disable the function of

checking single phase or three

phase voltage

3.2 UV PP UV PE Phase-to-phase or phase-to-earth

discrimination

4.11 UV1 Alarm UV1 Trip Stage 1 of undervoltage

protection alarm or trip

1.5 IED reports

Table 64 Event information list

Information Description

UV1 Trip Undervoltage protection stage 1 issues trip command

UV2 Trip Undervoltage protection stage 2 issues trip command

Table 65 Alarm information list

Information Description

UV1 Alarm Undervoltage protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

1.6 Technical data

Table 66 Technical data for undervoltage protection

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Voltage connection Phase-to-phase voltages or

phase-to-earth voltages

≤ ±3 % setting or ±1 V

Phase to earth voltage 5 to 75 V , step 1 V ≤ ±3 % setting or ±1 V

Phase to phase voltage 10 to 150 V, step 1 V ≤ ±3 % setting or ±1 V

Reset ratio 1.01 to 2.00, step 0.01 ≤ ±3 % setting

Time delay 0.00 to 120.00 s, step 0.01 s ≤ ±1 % setting or +50 ms, at 80%

operating setting

Current criteria 0.08 to 2.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

Reset time ≤ 50 ms

Page 109: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 10 Undervoltage protection

94

Page 110: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage protection

95

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage

protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for displacement voltage protection.

Page 111: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage protection

96

1 Displacement voltage protection

1.1 Introduction

In some applications, it is necessary to monitor the displacement voltage to

detect an earth fault in power system. This protection is usually applied in

networks where the earth fault current is limited.

The protection provide following features:

Two definite time stages

Each stage can be set to alarm or trip

Faulty phase discrimination

3U0 based on calculated summation of 3 phase voltage or measured

injected residual voltage

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Displacement voltage input

The displacement voltage 3V0 can be directly applied to the IED or can be

calculated based on the connected three phase to ground voltages

(3V0=VA+VB+VC). In the latter case, the three voltage inputs must be

connected to voltage transformers in a ground-wye configuration. If the IED is

only provided with phase to phase voltages or provided only one phase to

earth or phase to phase voltage, it is not possible to calculate a displacement

voltage. In this case, the direction cannot be determined for earth fault or

sensitive earth fault protection.

If the displacement voltage is directly applied to the IED and the binary setting

“3U0 Measured” is enabled, it is not affected by VT fail detection on

three-phase connected voltage. Similarly, if the displacement voltage is

calculated based on the three-phase voltages and the binary setting “3U0

Calculated” is enabled, it would not be blocked as a result of failure detection

in U4 voltage transformer. However, in case of a failure in U4 voltage

transformer, the displacement voltage protection based on measured value

3V0 would be blocked.

1.2.2 Protection description

Page 112: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage protection

97

The displacement voltage protection is used to detect ground faults and to

determine direction of earth faults. More information about direction

determination based on displacement voltage is presented in other

subsections. Two definite stages included in this protection for detection of

earth faults. Each stage can be set to issue an alarm signal or a trip command.

This can be achieved by binary settings “3V01 Trip/3V01 Alarm” and “3V02

Trip/3V02 Alarm”. For example, by applying settings “3V01 Alarm” and “3V02

Trip”, the first stage would operate as an alarming stage, whereas the second

one would operate as tripping stage. If each stage is set to alarm, respective

output would be marshaled to “ALARM” contact. In contrast, by applying

setting trip to a stage, the trip output can be configured to various trip outputs

with the trip binary setting. It should be noted that the protection function

which is marshaled to BO1 would initiate CBF function. Generally, stage 1 is

applied to monitor light earth faults and usually used as the alarm stage.

However, stage 2 is applied to detect severe earth fault and therefore is used

as the trip stage.

Individual pickup value for each definite stage can be defined by setting

“U_3V01” and “U_3V02”. With these settings, the measured or calculated

displacement voltage is compared separately with the setting value for each

stage. If the respective value is exceeded, a trip or alarm time delay timer is

started. Each timer is set to count up to a user-defined time delay. The time

delay can be set for each definite stage individually via settings “T_3V01” and

“T_3V02”. After the user-defined time delays elapsed, a trip command or an

alarm signal is issued by respective stage.

Furthermore, it is possible to determine the faulty phase after expiration of

time delay for the first stage. A precondition is that three phase to ground

voltages should be connected to the IED in a grounded wye configuration. By

doing so, the individual phase to ground voltages is measured and is

compared with settings “U_Phase low” and “U_Phase up”. In this context, if

the measured phase to ground voltage in a single phase falls below the

threshold “U_Phase low” and at the same time the magnitude of the phase

voltages in the remained phases are above the setting value “U_Phase up”,

an earth fault is recognized at the phase having voltage magnitude below

“U_Phase low” threshold.

1.2.3 Logic diagram

Page 113: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage protection

98

T1

T2

AND

AND

Func_3V01

Func_3V02

BLK

3V0

3U0>

3U0>>

3V0 1

OP

Trip/Alarm

Trip/Alarm

Figure 30 Logic diagram for displacement voltage protection

AND

AND

AND

3V0 1 OP

VA >

VA <

VB >

VB <

VC >

VC <

Gnd A

Gnd B

Gnd C

Figure 31 Logic diagram for fault phase determination

1.3 Input and output signals

UP1

UP2

UP3 3V01 Alarm

3V02 Alarm

3V01_Trip

3V02_Trip

UP4

Table 67 Analog input list

Page 114: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage protection

99

Signal Description

UP1 Signal for voltage input 1

UP2 Signal for voltage input 2

UP3 Signal for voltage input 3

UP4 Signal for voltage input 4

Table 68 Binary output list

Signal Description

3V01 Alarm Displacement voltage protection stage 1

alarm

3V02 Alarm Displacement voltage protection stage 2

alarm

3V01_Trip Displacement voltage protection stage 1 trip

3V02_Trip Displacement voltage protection stage 2 trip

1.4 Setting parameter

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 69 Function setting list for displacement voltage protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 20 U_3V01

The voltage setting for

displacement voltage protection

stage 1

V 2.00 100.0

2. 1 T_3V01

The time setting for

displacement voltage protection

stage 1

S 0.00 60.00

3. 30 U_3V02

The voltage setting for

displacement voltage protection

stage 2

V 2.00 100.0

4. 0.5 T_3V02

The time setting for

displacement voltage protection

stage 2

S 0.00 60.00

5. 20 U_Phase low Low voltage setting for fault

phase determination V 10.00 100.0

6. 45 U_Phase up

High voltage setting for

remained phase when fault

occurs

V 10.00 100.0

Page 115: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage protection

100

Table 70 Logical linker list for displacement voltage protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_3V01 Enable or disable the displacement voltage stage 1

2. Func_3V02 Enable or enable the displacement voltage stage 2

Table 71 Binary setting list for displacement voltage protection

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

KG2.8 3U0 Measured 3U0 Calculated

Selection the measured voltage

or calculated voltage for

displacement voltage protection

KG4.9 3V01 Alarm 3V01 Trip

Selection the stage 1 of

displacement voltage protection

to alarm or trip

KG4.10 3V02 Alarm 3V02 Trip

Selection the stage 2 of

displacement voltage protection

to alarm or trip

1.5 IED reports

Table 72 Event information list

Information Description

3V01 Trip Voltage displacement protection stage 1 issues trip signal

3V02 Trip Voltage displacement protection stage 2 issues trip signal

Table 73 Alarm information list

Information Description

3V01 Alarm Voltage displacement protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

3V02 Alarm Voltage displacement protection stage 2 issues an alarm signal

PhA Grounded Phase A is grounded

PhB Grounded Phase B is grounded

PhC Grounded Phase C is grounded

1.6 Technical data

Table 74 Technical data for displacement voltage protection

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Page 116: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage protection

101

Pickup threshold 3V0

(calculated)

2 to 100 V, step 1 V ≤ ± 5 % setting value or ±1 V

Time delay 0.00 to 60.00 s, step 0.01s ≤ ±1 % setting or +50 ms, at

120% operating setting

Reset ratio Approx. 0.95

Page 117: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 11 Displacement voltage protection

102

Page 118: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure protection

103

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure

protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

included in circuit breaker failure protection.

Page 119: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure protection

104

1 Circuit breaker failure protection

1.1 Introduction

The circuit breaker failure protection is able to detect a failure of the circuit

breaker during a fault clearance. It ensures fast back-up tripping of

surrounding breakers by tripping relevant bus sections.

Once a circuit breaker operating failure occurs on a feeder/transformer, the

bus section which the feeder/transformer is connected with can be selectively

isolated by the protection. In addition a transfer trip signal is issued to trip the

remote end circuit breaker of the feeder.

In the event of a circuit breaker failure with a busbar fault, a transfer trip signal

is issued to trip the remote end circuit breaker of the feeder.

The current criteria are in combination with three phase currents, zero and

negative sequence current to achieve a higher security.

The function can be set to give three phase re-trip of the own breaker to avoid

unnecessary tripping of surrounding breakers at an incorrect starting due to

mistakes during testing.

Two trip stages (local CB and surrounding breaker tripping)

Transfer trip command to the remote line end in second stage

Internal/ external initiation

Three phase CBF initiation for sub-transmission system and distribution

system

Settable CB Aux contacts checking

Current criteria checking (including phase current, zero and negative

sequence current)

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Protection description

Circuit breaker failure protection can be enabled or disabled in the IED via

binary setting “Func_CBF”. If setting “ON” is applied, CBF protection would

be enabled. In this case, by operation of a protection function, and

subsequent CBF initiation by respective protection function, a programmed

timer runs toward a preset time delay limit. This time delay is set by user

Page 120: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure protection

105

under the settings “T_CBF1”. If the circuit breaker has not been opened after

expiration of the preset time limit, the circuit breaker failure protection issues

a command to trip circuit breaker (e.g. via a second trip coil). If the circuit

breaker doesn’t respond to the repeated trip command, until another preset

delay time which is set at “T_CBF2”, the protection issues a trip command to

isolate the fault by tripping other surrounding backup circuit breakers (e.g. the

other CBs connected to the same bus section as the faulty CB).

Initiation of CBF protection can be performed by both the internal and external

protection functions. If it is desired to initiate the CBF protection by means of

external protection functions, specified binary inputs (BI) should be

marshaled. Internal protection functions can initiate the CBF protection

integrated in the IED.

There are two criteria for breaker failure detection: the first one is to check

whether the actual current flow effectively disappeared after a tripping

command had been issued. The second one is to evaluate the circuit breaker

auxiliary contact status.

1.2.2 Current criterion evaluation

Since circuit breaker is supposed to be open when current disappears from

the circuit, the first criterion (current monitoring) is the most reliable way for

IED to be informed about proper operation of circuit breaker. Therefore,

current monitoring is applied to detect circuit breaker failure condition. In this

context, the monitored current of each phase is compared with the

pre-defined setting. Furthermore, it is possible to implement current checking

in case of zero-sequence ( ) and negative-sequence currents

(3I2=IA+a2IB+aIC) via binary setting. If the zero-sequence and

negative-sequence currents checking are enabled, zero sequence and

negative-sequence current is compared separately with the corresponding

threshold.

1.2.3 Circuit breaker auxiliary contact evaluation

For protection functions where the tripping criterion is not dependent on

current, current flow is not a suitable criterion for proper operation of the

breaker. In this case, the position of the circuit breaker auxiliary contact

should be used to determine if the circuit breaker properly operated. It is

possible to evaluate the circuit breaker operation from its auxiliary contact

status. A precondition for evaluating circuit breaker auxiliary contact is that

open status of CB should be marshaled to binary inputs.

Page 121: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure protection

106

In addition, it should be noted that evaluation of circuit breaker auxiliary

contacts is performed in CBF function only when the current flow monitoring

has not picked up. Once the current flow criterion has picked up during the

running time of CBF timers, the circuit breaker is assumed to be open as soon

as the current disappears, even if the associated auxiliary contacts don’t

indicate that the circuit breaker has opened.

1.2.4 Logic diagram

OR

ORCBF Chk I0/2 Off

AND

CBF Chk I0/2 On

OR

AND

AND

AND

OR

Ia>

Ib>

Ic>

3I0>

3I2>

Curr. Crit.

Figure 32 Logic diagram for current criterion

AND

OR

AND

3Ph CB Open

3Ph CB Open

CBF INIT

Curr. crit.

CB is closed

Figure 33 Logic diagram for circuit breaker evaluation criterion

Page 122: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure protection

107

T1

T2

Func_CBFAND

ORCBF Chk CB On

CB is closed

Curr. crit.

CBF INIT

CBF1

CBF2

Figure 34 Logic diagram for circuit breaker failure protection

1.3 Input and output signals

IP1 CBF1 Trip

IP2

IP3

CBF Init

CBF2 Trip

3Ph CB Open

3Ph CB Close

IN

Table 75 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

IN signal for zero sequence current input

Table 76 Binary input list

Signal Description

CBF Init CBF initiation

3Ph CB Open Three Phase CB open

3Ph CB Close Three phase CB close

Table 77 Binary output list

Signal Description

CBF1 Trip Circuit breaker failure protection stage 1 trip

CBF2 Trip Circuit breaker failure protection stage 2 trip

Page 123: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure protection

108

1.4 Setting parameter

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 78 Function setting list for circuit breaker failure protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. In I_CBF Phase current setting for CBF

protection A 0.05In 20.00In

2. In 3I0_CBF Zero-sequence current setting

for CBF protection A 0.05In 20.00In

3. In 3I2_CBF Negative-sequence current

setting for CBF protection A 0.05In 20.00In

4. 0 T_CBF1 Delay time for stage 1 of CBF

protection s 0.00 60.00

5. 0.2 T_CBF2 Delay time for stage 2 of CBF

protection s 0.10 60.00

Table 79 Logical linker list for circuit breaker failure protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_CBF Enable or disable the circuit breaker failure protection

Table 80 Binary setting list for circuit breaker failure protection

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

2.7 3I0 Measured 3I0 Calculated 3U0 is measured or calculated

3.6 CBF Chk I0/2 Off CBF Chk I0/2 On

Enable or disable the function for

checking zero or negative

sequence current

3.7 CBF Chk CB Off CBF Chk CB On Enable or disable the function for

checking CB status

1.5 IED reports

Table 81 Event information list

Information Description

CBF1 Trip The first stage CBF issues trip command

CBF2 Trip The second stage CBF issues trip command

Page 124: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure protection

109

Information Description

CBF Initiate CBF function is initiated

1.6 Technical data

Table 82 Technical data for circuit breaker failure protection

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

phase current

Negative sequence current

zero sequence current

0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

Time delay of stage 1 0.00s to 32.00 s, step 0.01s ≤ ±1% setting or +25 ms, at

200% operating setting Time delay of stage 2 0.00s to 32.00 s, step 0.01s

Reset ratio >0.95

Reset time of stage 1 < 20ms

Page 125: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 12 Circuit breaker failure protection

110

Page 126: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 13 Dead zone protection

111

Chapter 13 Dead zone protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

included in circuit breaker failure protection.

Page 127: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 13 Dead zone protection

112

1 Dead zone protection

1.1 Introduction

The IED provides this protection function to protect the area between circuit

breaker and CT in the case that CB is open, namely dead zone. Therefore, by

occurrence of a fault in dead zone, the short circuit current is measured by

protection IED while CB auxiliary contacts indicate the CB is open.

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Function description

The protection can be enabled or disabled using dedicated binary setting. If

the protection function is enabled, by operation of a protection function, and

subsequent CBF initiation by respective protection function, a programmed

timer runs toward a preset time delay limit. This time delay is set by user in

the setting “T_Dead Zone”. If the fault current has not been disappeared after

expiration of the preset time limit even now the circuit breaker has been

opened, the dead zone protection would issue a trip command to isolate the

fault by tripping other surrounding backup circuit breakers (e.g. the other CBs

connected to the same bus section as the faulty CB).

When one bus side CT of feeder is applied, once a fault occurs in the dead

zone, the IED trips the relevant busbar zone. Tripping logic is illustrated in

Figure 35.

Page 128: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 13 Dead zone protection

113

Bus

IFAULT

trip

Line1 Line2 LineN

Opened CB

Closed CB

Legend:

Figure 35 Tripping logic when applying bus side CT

When one line side CT is applied, when a fault occurs in the dead zone,

protection relay sends a transfer trip to remote end relay to isolate the fault.

Tripping logic is illustrated in Figure 36.

Page 129: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 13 Dead zone protection

114

Opened CB

Closed CB

Legend:

Busbar

IFAULT

Relay

Inter trip

Line1 Line2 LineN

Trip

Figure 36 Tripping logic when applying line side CT

1.2.2 Logic diagram

AND T

Func_DZ

CBF INIT

Curr. Crit.

3Ph CB Open

3Ph CB Close

DZ

Figure 37 Logic diagram for dead zone protection

1.3 Input and output signals

Page 130: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 13 Dead zone protection

115

IP1 Dead Zone Trip

IP2

IP3

CBF Init

3Ph CB Open

3Ph CB Close

Table 83 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

Table 84 Binary input list

Signal Description

CBF Init CBF initiation

3Ph CB Open Three phase CB open

3Ph CB Close Three phase CB Close

Table 85 Binary output list

Signal Description

DeadZone_Trip Dead Zone protection trip

1.4 Setting parameter

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 86 Function setting list for dead zone protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.2 T_Dead Zone Time delay for dead zone

protection s 0.00 60

2. In I_CBF Phase current setting for CBF

protection A 0.05In 20In

Table 87 Logical linker list for dead zone protection

Page 131: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 13 Dead zone protection

116

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation

1. On Func_DZ Enable or disable the dead zone protection

1.5 IED reports

Table 88 Event information list

Information Description

Dead Zone Trip The dead zone function issues trip command

1.6 Technical data

Table 89 Technical data for dead zone protection

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Current 0.08 Ir to 20.00 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

Time delay 0.00s to 32.00s, step 0.01s ≤ ±1% setting or +40 ms, at

200% operating setting

Reset ratio >0.95

Page 132: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

117

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and

energizing check function

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used synchro-check and energizing check function.

Page 133: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

118

1 Synchro-check and energizing check function

1.1 Introduction

The synchronism and voltage check function ensures that the stability of the

network is not endangered when switching a line onto a busbar. The voltage

of the feeder to be energized is compared to that of the busbar to check

conformances in terms of magnitude, phase angle and frequency within

certain tolerances.

The synchro-check function checks whether the voltages on both sides of the

circuit breaker are synchronizing, or at least one side is dead to ensure

closing can be done safely.

When comparing the two voltages, the synchro check uses the voltages from

busbar and outgoing feeder. If the voltage transformers for the protective

functions are connected to the outgoing feeder side, the reference voltage

has to be connected to a busbar voltage.

If the voltage transformers for the protective functions are connected to the

busbar side, the reference voltage has to be connected to a feeder voltage.

1.2 Function principle

The synchronization function can either work together with automatic

reclosing function or with manual closure or in both cases. Thus,

synchronization check can be requested in two following ways:

Internal or external automatic reclosing request

Manual closing request

The external automatic reclosing and manual closing are initiated through

corresponding binary input respectively. When a synchronization request is

received to the function, it can work based on different close permission

criteria. The criteria can be selected for auto reclosure or manual closure

separately. The binary settings are “AR_Override”,“AR_Syn

check”,“AR_EnergChkDLLB”,“AR_EnergChkLLDB”, “AR_EnergChkDLDB”

for auto reclosure, and “MC_Override”, “MC_Syn check”,

“MC_EnergChkDLLB”, “MC_EnergChkLLDB”, “MC_EnergChkDLDB” are

Page 134: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

119

settable for manual closure. The meaning of each operation mode is as

follows:

Syn check: by applying this setting, with any synchronization request, the

synchronization condition is checked continuously.

Override: by applying this setting, with any synchronization request, the

synchronizing OK condition is released.

EnergChkDLLB: by applying this setting, with any synchronization

request, the dead line and live bus conditions are checked.

EnergChkLLDB: by applying this setting, with any synchronization

request, the live line and dead bus conditions are checked.

EnergChkDLDB: by applying this setting, with any synchronization

request, the dead line and dead bus conditions are checked.

Synchronization check can operate based on different voltage input

configurations. Reference voltage U4 can be phase to phase or phase to

earth voltage. Accordingly, the setting “Phase_UL” should be set as phase to

phase or phase to earth voltage, respectively. Both the setting and voltage

connection must be consistent. Pay attention to the single phase voltage

connection of Va, Vb, Vc, phase A or phase B should be connected in order to

get accurate frequency. Table 90 shows the assignment of the settable

values for phase determination.

Table 90 Setting for phase determination

Phase Setting Value“Phase_UL”

A 1

B 2

C 3

AB 4

BC 5

CA 6

1.2.1 Synchro-check mode

The voltage difference, frequency difference and phase angle difference

values are measured in the IED and are available for the synchro-check

function for evaluation.

By any synchronization request, the synchronization conditions will be

Page 135: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

120

checked continuously. If the line voltages and busbar voltages are larger than

the value of “Umin_Syn” and meet the synchronization conditions,

synchronized reclosure can be performed.

At the end of the dead time, synchronization request will be initiated and the

synchronization conditions are continuously checked to be met for a certain

time during maximal extended time “T_MaxSynExt”. By satisfying

synch-check condition in this period, the monitor timer will stop and close

command will be issued for AR.

If the synchronization checking close permission criterion is used for manual

closure, the corresponding binary input should be active. When the binary

input is activated, a monitoring time “T_MaxSynReq” is started. This time is

considered for synchronizing process. During time period of “T_MaxSynReq”,

whenever synchronization condition is continuously met for “T_Syn Chk”, the

monitoring time would be stopped, and the output for manual close “Syn OK”

is energized. “Syn OK” output would be held if following conditions are met:

Synchronization conditions are met

Binary input for manual closure is energized

Monitoring time “T_MaxSynReq” does not elapse

Before releasing a close command at synchronization conditions, all of the

following conditions should be satisfied:

All three phases voltage U(a,b,c) should be above the setting value

“Umin_Syn”.

The reference voltage U4 should be above the setting value “Umin_Syn”.

The voltage difference should be within the permissible deviation “U_Syn

Diff”

The angle difference should be within the permissible deviation

“Angle_Syn Diff”

The frequency difference should be within the permissible deviation

“Freq_Syn Diff”

1.2.2 Energizing check mode

Page 136: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

121

In this mode of operation, the low voltage (dead) condition is checked

continuously whenever synchronization check is requested. If the line

voltages are less than “Umax_Energ”, reclosure can be performed. If the line

voltages and busbar voltages are all larger than “Umin_Syn”, the check mode

will automatically turn to full synchronization check mode.

In auto-recloser procedure, synchronization check request is triggered at the

end of the dead time. If the low voltage conditions are continuously met for a

certain numbers and during maximum extended time “T_MaxSynExt”, the

monitor timer will stop and close command will be issued for AR.

Before releasing a close command in low voltage conditions, one of the

following conditions need to be checked according to requirement:

Energizing check for dead line and live bus for AR enabled or disabled,

when the control word “AR_EnergChkDLLB” is on

Energizing check for live line and live bus for AR enabled or disabled,

when the control word “AR_EnergChkLLDB” is on

Energizing check for dead line and dead bus for AR enabled or disabled,

when the control word “AR_EnergChkDLDB” is on

1.2.3 Override mode

In this mode, a synchronizing OK signal would be released whenever a

synchronization check request is received from autoreclosure or a manual

closure.

1.2.4 Logic diagram

Page 137: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

122

AR_EnergChkDLLB on

VT_Line off

T_MaxSynExt

Ua(Ub,Uc) >Umin_Syn

U4>Umin_Syn

Anglediff<Angle_Syn Diff

Freqdiff<Freq_Syn Diff

Udiff<U_Syn Diff

ANDAND T_Syn Check

Synchr-check

meet

Synchr-check fail

AND

U4 <Umax_Energ

Ua(Ub,Uc) >Umin_Syn

AR_EnergChkLLDB on

VT_Line off

AND

U4>Umin_Syn

Ua(Ub,Uc)

<Umax_Energ

AR_EnergChkDLDB on

AND

U4<Umax_Energ

Ua(Ub,Uc)

<Umax_Energ

AR_EnergChkDLLB on

VT_Line on

AND

U4 >Umin_Syn

Ua(Ub,Uc)

<Umax_Energ

AR_EnergChkLLDB on

VT_Line on

AND

U4<Umax_Energ

Ua(Ub,Uc)

>Umin_Syn

OREnergizing check meet

Figure 38 Logic diagram for synchro-check function

1.3 Input and output signals

Page 138: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

123

UP1

UP2

UP3

UP4

BI3/Init AR

BI5/Syn Req

Table 91 Analog input list

Signal Description

UP1 Signal for voltage input 1

UP2 Signal for voltage input 2

UP3 Signal for voltage input 3

UP4 Signal for voltage input 4

Table 92 Binary input list

Signal Description

BI3/Init AR Binary input 3/Initiation autoreclosing

BI5/Syn Req Binary input 5/Synchronization request

1.4 Setting parameter

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 93 Function setting list for synchro-check and energizing check function

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 500 T_Syn Chk Time for synchro-check

function S 0.05 60.00

2. 0.1 T_MaxSynExt Maximum time for extending

synchronization check S 0.05 60.00

3. 0.1 T_MaxSynReq Maximum time for

synchronization check S 0.05 60.00

4. 1 Phase_UL Phase determination setting 1.00 6.00

5. 10 Angle_Syn Diff

Angle difference for

synchro-check function

Degree 1.00 80.00

6. 5 U_Syn Diff Voltage difference for

synchro-check function V 1.00 40.00

Page 139: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

124

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

7. 0.02 Freq_Syn Diff Frequency difference for

synchro-check function HZ 0.02 2.00

8. 43 Umin_Syn Minimum voltage for

synchronization check V 60.00 130.0

9. 17 Umax_Energ Maximum voltage for

Energizing check V 20.00 100.0

Table 94 Logical linker list for synchro-check and energizing check protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation

1. On Func_AR Enable or disable the synchronization check function

2. On Func_MC Enable or disable the synchronization check function

Table 95 Binary setting list for synchro-check and energizing check protection

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

3.8 1

Selection of AR check mode

Synchrozination check mode

Energizing for DLLB check

mode

Energizing for LLDB check

mode

Energizing for DLDB check

mode

Override mode

3.9 0

3.10 0

3.11 1

Selection of MC check mode

Synchrozination check mode

Energizing for DLLB check

mode

Energizing for LLDB check

mode

Energizing for DLDB check

mode

Override mode

3.12 0

3.13 0

1.5 IED reports

Table 96 Event information list

Information Description

Syn Ok Synchronization check OK

Syn Request Check synchronization

Page 140: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

125

Information Description

Syn Vdiff fail Voltage difference for synchronization check fail

Syn Ang fail Angle difference for synchronization check fail

Syn Fdiff fail Frequency difference for synchronization check fail

Syn Failure Synchronization check timeout

1.6 Technical data

Table 97 Technical data for synchro-check and energizing check function

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Operating mode Synchronization check:

Synch-check

Energizing check, and synch-check if energizing check failure

Override

Energizing check:

Dead V4 and dead V3Ph

Dead V4 and live V3Ph

Live V4 and dead V3Ph

Voltage threshold of dead line or

bus

10 to 50 V (phase to earth), step

1 V

≤ ± 3 % setting or 1 V

Voltage threshold of live line or

bus

30 to 65 V (phase to earth), step

1 V

≤ ± 3 % setting or 1 V

∆V-measurement Voltage

difference

1 to 40 V (phase-to-earth), steps

1 V

≤ ± 1V

Δf-measurement (f2>f1; f2<f1) 0.02 to 2.00 Hz, step, 0.01 Hz, ≤ ± 20 mHz

Δα-measurement (α2>α1;

α2<α1)

1 ° to 80 °, step, 1 ° ≤ ± 3°

Minimum measuring time 0.05 to 60.00 s, step,0.01 s, ≤ ± 1.5 % setting value or +60

ms

Maximum synch-check

extension time

0.05 to 60.00 s, step,0.01 s, ≤ ± 1 % setting value or +50 ms

Page 141: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 14 Synchro-check and Energizing check function

126

Page 142: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

127

Chapter 15 Autoreclosing function

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for automatic reclosure function.

Page 143: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

128

1 Autoreclosing function

1.1 Introduction

For restoration of the normal service after a transient fault an autoreclosing

attempt is mostly made for overhead lines. Experiences show that about 85%

of faults have transient nature and will disappear after an auto reclosing

attempt is performed. This means that the line can be re-energized in a short

period. The reconnection is accomplished after a dead time via the automatic

reclosing function. If the fault is permanent or short circuit arc has not

disappeared, the protection will re-trip the breaker. Main features of the

autoreclosing are as follows:

4 shots automatic recloser (selectable)

Individually settable dead time for each shot

Internal/external AR initiation

Three phase AR operation

CB ready supervision

CB Aux. contact supervision

Cooperation with internal synch-check function for reclosing command

1.2 Function principle

Three-pole multi-shot auto-recloser (AR) function is provided with selectable

number of shots from 1 to 4. This function can be enabled or disabled by

binary setting. In addition, it is possible to enable or disable AR function by

binary input “BI1/AR Off”. In this context, if binary input “BI1/AR Off” is active,

AR function would be disabled, even though the internal setting which is

applied at “Func_AR”. The priority for enable or disable the function with

binary input “BI1/AR Off” is higher than binary setting “Func_AR”. The

integrated AR function can be enabled, only when binary input “BI1/AR Off” is

inactive and at the same time binary setting “Func_AR” is set to “ON”.

1.2.1 Auto-reclosing initiation modules

Initiation of AR function can be performed by internal protection functions or

via external binary input “BI3/Init AR”. Regarding the internal protection

functions, it is possible to perform reclosing attempt in conjunction with

Page 144: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

129

protection functions illustrated in Table 98.

Table 98 Protection functions for initiation AR

Protection Function Protection stage Binary setting

Overcurrent protection

Definite time stage 1 OC1 Init AR

Definite time stage 2 OC2 Init AR

Inverse time stage OC Inv Init AR

Earth fault protection

Definite time stage 1 EF1 Init AR

Definite time stage 2 EF2 Init AR

Inverse time stage EF Inv Init AR

Sensitive earth fault protection

Definite time stage 1 SEF1 Init AR

Definite time stage 2 SEF2 Init AR

Inverse time stage SEF Inv Init AR

Negative sequence protection

Definite time stage 1 NSOC1 Init AR

Definite time stage 2 NSOC2 Init AR

Inverse time stage NSOC Inv Init AR

In the table, the first and second columns show the protection functions,

respectively, while the third column introduces the binary setting which is

possible to set protection functions to work in conjunction with AR.

Furthermore, it is possible to program AR to operate for three-phase faults.

This can be achieved by applying setting “3P Fault Init AR/3P Fault Blk AR”.

By this setting, autoreclosing would be possible in case of three-phase faults,

in addition to single-phase fault. However, if it is not desired to reclose in case

of three-phase faults, the IED should be set via setting “3P Fault Blk AR”.

1.2.2 Autoreclosing logic

To prevent automatic reclosing during feeder dead status (circuit breaker (CB)

open), for example, by relay testing, AR is initiated at first shot only when the

CB has been closed for more than a time period defined by “T_AR Reset”.

Subsequent to initiation of AR, the dead time do not start until the IED is

informed about open status of CB through binary input. The delay of dead

time can be extended up to time setting “T_Max. CB Open”. During this time,

whenever CB open status is recognized by the IED, dead time is started. If

Page 145: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

130

monitoring time “T_Max. CB Open” elapses and CB open status is not still

detected by the IED, AR function would be blocked for duration of AR reset

time which is defined by “T_AR Reset”. In this case, reclosing attempt would

be announced as unsuccessful (annunciation “AR Failure”).

If circuit breaker failure protection (internal or external) is used for the CB,

monitoring time “T_Max CB Open” should be set shorter than the delay time

for detection of circuit breaker failure. By doing so, make sure that no

reclosing takes place for a faulty circuit breaker. No reclosing would take

place for CBF stage 2 or dead zone function operation.

As mentioned previously, if CB open position is detected by the IED during

monitoring time “T_Max. CB Open”, dead time is started and would last for

pre-defined time “T_3P AR1” in case of the first reclosing shot (respective

dead times for other reclosing shots are set by “T_3P AR2”, “T_3P AR3” and

“T_3P AR4”, for second, third and forth shots, respectively). After dead time

expiration, a monitoring time “T_MaxSynExt” is started. In fact, dead time can

be extended by “T_MaxSynExt”. This time is considered for synchronizing

process. In this context, at the end of dead time, IED starts to check

synchronization condition. During monitoring time period “T_MaxSynExt”,

whenever synchronization condition is continuously met for “T_Syn Chk”, the

monitoring time would be stopped, AR close command will be issued to close

circuit breaker. However, at the end of monitoring time “T_MaxSynExt”, if

synchronization condition is not still met continuously for “T_Syn Chk”, AR

function would be blocked for a time period defined by “T_AR Reset”.

Furthermore, reclosing attempt would be announced as unsuccessful

(annunciation “AR Failure”).

Regarding the close command, it has a pulse nature which lasts for 500ms at

most. As expected, no synchronization check takes place during this pulse

time. If during this pulse time, the auxiliary contact of CB indicates that the CB

has been closed or a current flow is detected by the IED, the close command

pulse will be reset.

Once the close command pulse is issued (rising edge) to close the circuit

breaker, reclaim time “T_Reclaim” is started, within this time it is checked

whether the reclosing attempt is successful. If no fault occurs before the

reclaim time elapses, it is thought that fault is cleared. In this case, at the end

of reclaim time, reset time “T_AR Reset” is started. During reset time AR

function is blocked. If a new fault occurs before the reclaim time elapses, it

results in reset of the reclaim time and starting of next reclosing shot. This

procedure can be repeated until the maximum number of reclosure shots is

reached.

Page 146: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

131

If none of the reclosing shots is successful, and therefore the fault is still

remained after the last shot, final trip takes place. Furthermore, AR function

would be blocked for a time period defined by “T_AR Reset”, and

annunciation “AR Failure” is issued.

It is possible to block AR function for a specified time after any manual closing

command. This can be achieved by marshaling CB close command to binary

input “BI4/MC CLS”. When the binary input is activated, the IED is informed

about execution of a manual closing. As a result, AR function would be

blocked for “T_AR Reset”.

Furthermore, AR function would be blocked if the IED detects an abnormal

condition in CB control circuit. This means that if both binary inputs “3Ph CB

Open” and “3Ph CB Close” are active or inactivate at the same time, AR

function is blocked until the abnormal condition disappears.

There may be cases when it is already obvious that CB cannot perform any

reclosing attempt. For such cases, binary input “BI2/CB Faulty” is considered

which indicates that CB is not ready for reclosing. CB Faulty should be

checked with a time delay “T_CB Faulty”, which is set according to the

characteristic of circuit breaker. AR function would be blocked if the IED

detects activation of “BI2/CB Faulty”, even the AR function would not be

initiated. AR is blocked until the BI disappears. Furthermore, this condition is

checked whenever a close command is received from AR function.

Single-shot reclosure

When an internal or external trip command initiates AR function, the reclosing

program is being executed. First of all, CB auxiliary contact is checked to be

open until expiration of monitoring time “T_Max. CB Open”. If during this time,

CB open status is recognized, dead time is started. When dead time interval

“T_3P AR1” has elapsed, monitoring time “T_MaxSynExt” is started. During

this period, whenever synchronization condition is continuously met for

“T_Syn Chk”, a closing pulse signal is issued. At the same time, reclaim time

“T_Reclaim” is started. If a new fault occurs before the reclaim time elapses,

AR function is blocked causing final tripping of CB. However, if no fault occurs

before reclaim time expires, AR is reset and therefore is ready for future

reclosing attempt for the next fault.

Multi-shot reclosure

In this condition, the first reclosing shot, in principle, is same as the

single-shot auto reclosing. If the first reclosing is unsuccessful, it doesn’t

result in a final trip. Therefore if a fault occurs during reclaim time of the first

Page 147: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

132

reclosing shot; it would result in the starting of next reclosing shot with

different dead time. This procedure can be repeated until the whole reclosing

shots which are set inside the IED is performed. Different dead times can be

set for various shots of AR function. This can be performed through settings

“T_3P AR1”, “T_3P AR2”, “T_3P AR3” and “T_3P AR4”. If one of the preset

reclosure shots is successful, AR function would be reset after expiration of

the reclaim time. However, if none of reclosing shots is successful, i.e. the

fault doesn’t disappear after the last programmed shot, a final trip is issued,

and reclosing attempts are announced to be unsuccessful. Figure 39

illustrates the operation method of two shots reclosure.

Trip Command

CB Open

AR Initiate

Close Command

Dead time 1

< Reclaim time

Dead time 2

Reclaim timeReclaim time

Figure 39 Timing diagram showing two reclosure shots, first unsuccessful, second

successful

1.3 Input and output signals

Page 148: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

133

IP1

IP2

IP3

BI1/AR Off

BI3/Init AR

BI4/MC CLS

AR Close

AR Not Ready

AR Final Trip

AR Successful

AR Fail

UP1

UP2

UP3

BI8 CB Open

UP4

BI2/CB Faulty

BI9 CB Close

Table 99 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

UP1 signal for voltage input 1

UP2 signal for voltage input 2

UP3 signal for voltage input 3

UP4 signal for voltage input 4

Table 100 Binary input list

Signal Description

BI1/AR Off Binary input 1/AR function off

BI2/CB Faulty Binary input 2/CB Faulty

BI3/Init AR Binary input 3/Initiation AR function

BI4/MC CLS Binary input 4/manual closing

MC/AR Block AR block

BI8 CB Open Binary input 8 CB Open

BI9 CB Close Binary input 9 CB Close

Table 101 Binary output list

Signal Description

AR Close AR Close

AR Not Ready AR Not Ready

AR Final Trip AR Final Trip

AR Successful AR Successful

Page 149: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

134

AR Fail AR Fail

1.4 Setting parameter

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 102 Function setting list for auto-reclosing function

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.5 T_3P AR1

Time delay setting for shot 1

dead time of three phase

autoreclosing

S 0.05 60.00

2. 0.5 T_3P AR2

Time delay setting for shot 2

dead time of three phase

autoreclosing

S 0.05 60.00

3. 0.5 T_3P AR3

Time delay setting for shot 3

dead time of three phase

autoreclosing

S 0.05 60.00

4. 0.5 T_3P AR4

Time delay setting for shot 4

dead time of three phase

autoreclosing

S 0.05 60.00

5. 4 Times_AR The number of autoreclosing

shots 1.00 4.00

6. 3 T_Reclaim Time setting for

autoreclosing reclaim time S 0.05 60.00

7. 3 T_AR Reset Time setting for AR resting S 0.05 60.00

8. 0.1 T_Max. CB Open Maximum time setting for CB

open S 0.05 60.00

9. 500 T_Syn Chk Time for synchro-check

function S 0.05 60.00

10. 0.1 T_MaxSynExt Maximum time for extension

of synchronization check S 0.05 60.00

11. 1 Phase_UL Phase determination setting

for syncho-check reference 1.00 6.00

12. 10 Angle_Syn Diff Angle difference for

synchro-check function Degree 1.00 80.00

13. 5 U_Syn Diff Voltage difference for

synchro-check function V 1.00 40.00

14. 0.02 Freq_Syn Diff Frequency difference for

synchro-check function HZ 0.02 2.00

15. 43 Umin_Syn Minimum voltage for V 60.00 130.0

Page 150: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

135

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

synchronization check

16. 17 Umax_Energ Maximum voltage for

Energizing check V 20.00 100.0

17. 10 T_CB Faulty Time setting for CB faulty S 0.10 60.00

Table 103 Logical linker list for auto-reclosing function

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation

1. On Func_AR Enable or disable the auto-recloser function

Table 104 Binary setting list for auto-reclosing function

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

3.8 1

Selection of AR check mode

Synchrozination check mode

Energizing for DLLB check

mode

Energizing for LLDB check

mode

Energizing for DLDB check

mode

Override mode

3.9 0

3.10 0

5.0 0 OC1 Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by stage 1

of overcurrent protection

5.1 0 OC2 Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by stage 2

of overcurrent protection

5.2 0 OC Inv Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by inverse

stage of overcurrent

protection

5.3 0 EF1 Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by stage 1

of earth fault protection

5.4 0 EF2 Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by stage 2

of earth fault protection

5.5 0 EF Inv Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by inverse

stage of earth fault protection

5.6 0 SEF1 Init AR Off Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by stage 1

Page 151: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

136

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

of sensitive earth fault

protection

5.7 0 SEF2 Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by stage 2

of sensitive earth fault

protection

5.8 0 SEF Inv Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by inverse

stage of sensitive earth fault

protection

5.9 0 NSOC1 Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by stage 1

of negative sequence

overcurrent protection

5.10 0 NSOC2 Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by stage 2

of negative sequence

overcurrent protection

5.11 0 NSOC Inv Init AR Off

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by inverse

stage of negative sequence

overcurrent protection

5.15 0 3P Fault Init AR 3P Fault Blk AR

Enable or disable the AR

function is initiated by single

phase fault or three phase

fault

1.5 IED reports

Table 105 Event information list

Information Description

AR in progess AR is initiated by internal or external function

Syn Request Check synchronization

Syn OK Synchronization check OK

1st Reclose The first shot reclosing

2nd Reclose The second shot reclosing

3rd Reclose The third shot reclosing

4th Reclose The fourth shot reclosing

AR Success AR successful

AR Failure AR unsuccessful

Page 152: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

137

Information Description

Syn Vdiff fail Voltage difference for synchronization check fail

Syn Ang fail Angle difference for synchronization check fail

Syn Fdiff fail Frequency difference for synchronization check fail

Syn Failure Synchronization check timeout

Table 106 Alarm information list

Information Description

CB Not Ready BI2 is active to show CB is not ready

1.6 Technical data

Table 107 Technical data for autoreclosing function

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Number of reclosing shots Up to 4

Shot 1 to 4 is individually

selectable

AR initiating functions Internal protection functions

External binary input

Dead time, separated setting for

shots 1 to 4

0.05 s to 60.00 s, step 0.01 s ≤ ± 1 % setting value or +50 ms

Reclaim time 0.50 s to 60.00s, step 0.01 s

Blocking duration time (AR reset

time)

0.05 s to 60.00s, step 0.01 s

Circuit breaker ready supervision

time

0.50 s to 60.00 s, step 0.01 s

Dead time extension for

synch-check (Max. SYNT EXT)

0.05 s to 60.00 s, step 0.01 s

Page 153: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 15 Auto-reclosing function

138

Page 154: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

139

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for unbalance protection function.

Page 155: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

140

1 Unbalance protection

1.1 Introduction

The purpose of an unbalance detection scheme is to remove a capacitor bank

from the system in the event of a fuse operation. This will prevent damaging

overvoltages across the remaining capacitor units in the group where the fuse

operation occurs, to protect against the situation that can be immediately

harmful to the capacitor units or associated equipments.

1.2 Protection principle

Unbalance detection works scheme is set to issue an alarm signal for an

initial failure in a bank. If the critical failure happens, the capacitor bank would

be tripped from the line.

Unbalance detection based on unbalance current or unbalance voltage, This

IED provides three analog channels to monitor unbalance status. If only one

unbalance analog quantity input is provided, other two channels can be

reserved. In order to avoid mal-operating, auxiliary breaker contact is

necessary as a criterion.

Different detecting schemes are described in the following, which are applied

for the unbalance protection.

1.2.1 Unbalance protection detection for grounded capacitor bank

A

B

C

I1

Figure 40 Example for grounded capacitor bank

Page 156: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

141

A grounded capacitor arrangement is shown here. The typical unbalance

protection scheme consists of a current transformer connected between

neutral point and ground.

It provides a relatively inexpensive protection scheme. But disadvantages are

included:

Sensitive to system unbalance

Don not operate when failure happen similarly in all the phases

1.2.2 Summation of intermediate tap-point voltage for grounded-wye capacitor bank

B

C

U1

A

Figure 41 Example for grounded-wye capacitor bank

It shows a different unbalance protection scheme for a grounded wye

capacitor bank using capacitor tap point voltages. Any unbalance detected in

the capacitor units will cause an unbalance voltage at the tap points. The

resultant voltage in the open delta indicates the unbalance.

1.2.3 Neutral current differential protection for grounded split-wye capacitor bank

Page 157: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

142

A

B

C

I1

Figure 42 Example for split-wye capacitor bank

In this scheme, the neutrals of the two banks are grounded through separate

current transformers. The secondary current transformed by the CT is

insensitive to any outside conditions and is affected by two capacitor banks.

There is no any indication for balance failure in this configuration.

1.2.4 Neutral voltage unbalance protection for unrounded wye capacitor bank

A

B

C

U1

Figure 43 Example for unrounded-wye capacitor bank

Using a voltage transformer connected between the neutral point and ground,

any neutral voltage shift due to the failure of capacitor unit is detected. This

scheme is less sensitive to system unbalance.

1.2.5 Neutral voltage unbalance detection by 3PTs for unrounded wye capacitor bank

Page 158: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

143

B

C

U1

A

Figure 44 Example for unrounded-wye capacitor bank with 3VTs

This protection scheme uses three lines to neutral VTs with the secondary

connected in the broken delta. It is less sensitive to system unbalance.

1.2.6 Neutral current protection for ungrounded split-wye capacitor bank

A

B

C

Figure 45 Example for ungrounded split-wye capacitor bank with CT

In this protection scheme, a current transformer is used in the neutral circuit

to measure the unbalance current. It is not sensitive to system unbalance but

sensitive to detection of capacitor unit failure.

1.2.7 Neutral voltage protection for ungrounded split-wye capacitor bank

Page 159: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

144

A

B

C

U1

Figure 46 Example for ungrounded split-wye capacitor bank with VT

In this protection scheme, a voltage transformer is used in the neutral circuit

to measure the unbalance voltage. It is not sensitive to system unbalance but

sensitive to detection of capacitor unit failure.

1.2.8 Neutral voltage unbalance detection for ungrounded split-wye capacitor bank

A

B

C

U1

Figure 47 Example for ungrounded split-wye capacitor bank with neutral VT

This scheme is not sensitive to system unbalance but sensitive to detection of

capacitor unit failures.

1.2.9 Three unbalance voltages detection for capacitor bank

Page 160: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

145

A

B

C

U1

U2

U3

Figure 48 Example for three unbalance voltages detection

This scheme is applicable for either grounded or ungrounded capacitor bank,

it is not sensitive to system unbalance but sensitive to detection of capacitor

unit failure, fault occurrence in each capacitor unit can be detected reliably.

1.2.10 Three unbalance currents detection for capacitor bank

A

B

C

I1

I2

I3

Figure 49 Example for three unbalance currents detection

This scheme is applicable for either grounded or ungrounded capacitor bank,

it is not sensitive to system unbalance but sensitive to detection of capacitor

unit failure, fault occurrence in each capacitor unit can be detected reliably.

Page 161: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

146

1.2.11 Logic diagram

UBL Alarm On

Func_UBL

TalarmOR

AND

Func_UBL

TtripOR

AND

Unbalance 1>

Unbalance 2>

Unbalance 3>

3Ph CB Open

Unbalance 1>

Unbalance 2>

Unbalance 3>

3Ph CB Open

Alarm

Trip

Figure 50 Logic diagram for unbalance protection

1.3 Input and output signals

IC1

IC2

IC3

UBL Alarm

UC1

UC2

UC3

BI8 CB Open

UBL Trip

Table 108 Analog input list

Signal Description

IC1 signal for current input 1

IC2 signal for current input 2

IC3 signal for current input 3

UC1 signal for voltage input 1

UC2 signal for voltage input 2

UC3 signal for voltage input 3

Table 109 Binary input list

Page 162: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

147

Signal Description

BI8 CB Open Binary input 8 CB Open

Table 110 Binary output list

Signal Description

UBL Alarm Unbalance protection alarm

UBL Trip Unbalance protection trip

1.4 Setting parameter

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 111 Function setting list for unbalance protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. U_UBL Alarm Voltage setting for alarm of unbalance

protection V 0.50 100.0

2. I_UBL Alarm Current setting for alarm of unbalance

protection A 0.10 20.0

3. T_UBL Alarm Time setting for alarm of unbalance

protection S 0.10 60.00

4. U_UBL Trip Voltage setting for tripping of unbalance

protection V 0.50 100.0

5. I_UBL Trip Current setting for tripping of unbalance

protection A 0.10 20.0

6. T_UBL Trip Time setting for tripping of unbalance

protection S 0.00 60.00

Table 112 Logical linker list for thermal overload protection

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_UBL Enable or disable the unbalance protection

Table 113 Binary setting list for thermal overload protection

Bit “0” “1” Explanation

4.8 UBL Alarm Off UBL Alarm On Enable or disable the alarm

function of unbalance protection

1.5 IED reports

Page 163: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 16 Unbalance protection

148

Table 114 Event information list

Information Description

UBL Trip Unbalance protection issues trip command

Table 115 Alarm information list

Information Description

UBL Alarm Unbalance protection issues an alarm signal

Page 164: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 17 Under current protection

149

Chapter 17 Under current monitoring

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for under current monitoring function.

Page 165: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 17 Under current protection

150

1 Under current monitoring

1.1 Introduction

Under current protection is used to prevent reconnection of the charged

capacitor bank to energized network when a short loss of supply voltage

occurs.

Once under current protection operates, the CB closing circuit will be

interrupted and reset after a certain time. Additionally, time to resetting will be

displayed on the HMI.

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Function description

In order to inhibit reconnection of a charged capacitor bank to a live network,

reconnection inhibition function is provided. It should be activated when under

current protection operates. Output “UC_BLOCK” is issued and the inhibition

will last for “T_Inhibition”, this contact is used in series of close circuit to inhibit

reconnection by any reasons.

After timer “T_Inhibition” expiration, the closing inhibition will remove

automatically. Shortcut mode is provided in HMI to reset this timer and

remove closing inhibition in case of any emergency closing. Press QUIT and

SET at same time, inhibition is removed.

1.2.2 Logic diagram

Func_UC

TAND

AND

Ia<

Ib<

Ic<

3Ph CB Open

Trip

Figure 51 Logic diagram for under current monitoring function

Page 166: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 17 Under current protection

151

1.3 Input and output signals

IP1

IP2

IP3

BI8 CB Open

UC Trip

Table 116 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

Table 117 Binary input list

Signal Description

BI8 CB Open Binary input 8 CB Open

Table 118 Binary output list

Signal Description

UC Trip Under current monitoring function trip

1.4 Setting parameter

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 119 Function setting list for under current monitoring function

NO. Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. I_UC Current setting for under current

protection A 0.50In 20.00In

2. T_UC Time setting for tripping of under

current protection S 0.10 60.00

3. T_Inhibition Time setting for inhibition of under

current protection S 30.00 6000.0

Table 120 Logical linker list for under current monitoring function

Page 167: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 17 Under current protection

152

NO. Abbr. Explanation

1. Func_UC Enable or disable the under current protection

1.5 IED reports

Table 121 Event information list

Information Description

UC Trip Under current protection issues trip command

Inhibit close Drive a contact to inhibit reconnection of capacitor

Page 168: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

153

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for load shedding function.

Page 169: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

154

1 Low frequency load shedding protection

1.1 Introduction

The function monitors the network abnormality by detection of frequency

reduction. When the system frequency falls down to a threshold frequency

with following conditions satisfied, specified load will be removed.

Undervoltage checking

Rate of frequency (df/dt) checking

CB position checking

Load current checking

VT secondary circuit supervision

1.2 Protection principle

1.2.1 Function description

Low frequency load shedding is provided based on “bay load shedding”

principle. This means that the protection function is implemented in each bay

separately, instead of being applied in an incoming bay and sending trip

command to various outgoing bays. In this regard, coordination between the

low frequency load shedding protection functions applied at various bays can

be achieved by selecting appropriate settings for pickup threshold and time

delay of the protection in various bays. The protection function can be

enabled or disabled via binary setting “Func_LF LS”. Based on the “bay load

shedding” principle, only one trip stage is applied for the protection. This

protection can operate based on both three-phase and single-phase voltage

input configurations. The voltage connection is set in the IED by binary setting

“3Ph V Connect/1Ph V Connect”. It is noted that in case of single-phase to

earth voltage input configuration, the voltage should be connected to phase A

or B, which are necessary for frequency measurement. Similarly, for single

phase to phase voltage, the voltage connection input should be VA-B. In each

configuration, it derives the power frequency from the connected voltage. If

the frequency falls below a pre-defined threshold (setting “F_LF LS”), a timer

Page 170: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

155

begins to run toward a pre-defined time limit which is the time delay of the

protection (setting “T_LF LS”). When the time delay elapsed, the trip

command is issued.

Since the protection based on power frequency from the connected voltages,

the protection should be blocked if some conditions are satisfied as following:

The minimum magnitude among of the connected voltages is lower than

the defined threshold in setting “U_Chk”. In case of single-phase voltage

connection, only the magnitude of the connected voltage is checked with

setting “U_Chk”

VT fail is detected by the IED or a MCB failure signal is received to the

IED through respective binary input

Load current is lower than setting “I_Chk”. This condition is mainly useful

when the voltage transformer is connected at source side. The setting

applied at “I_Chk” corresponds to minimum load current which may flow

when circuit breaker is closed. It is possible to disable this feature by

applying setting 0 to “I_Chk”

Circuit breaker is in open status. Similar to the previous condition, it is

useful when the voltage transformer is connected at source side. In this

case, it is not desired to issue any trip command by low frequency load

shedding even if the frequency falls below the pre-defined threshold

Rate of frequency change (Δf/Δt) exceeds the setting of frequency

change rate “dF/dt_LS”

1.3 Input and output signals

IP1

IP2

IP3

LF LS Trip

UP1

UP2

UP3

BI8 CB Open

Table 122 Analog input list

Signal Description

Page 171: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

156

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

UP1 signal for voltage input 1

UP2 signal for voltage input 2

UP3 signal for voltage input 3

Table 123 Binary input list

Signal Description

BI8 CB Open Binary input 8 CB open

Table 124 Binary output list

Signal Description

LF LS Trip Low frequency load shedding trip

1.4 Setting parameter

1.4.1 Setting list

Table 125 Function setting list for low frequency load shedding protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 49.5 F_LF LS Frequency setting for low frequency

load shedding protection HZ 45.00 60.00

2. 0.5 T_LF LS Time setting for low frequency load

shedding protection S 0.05 60.00

3. 3 dF/dt_LS dF/dt setting for low frequency load

shedding protection HZ/S 1.00 10.00

4. 70 U_Chk Voltage checking setting for low

frequency load shedding protection V 10.00 120.0

5. 0.2In I_Chk Current checking setting for low

frequency load shedding protection A 0 2.00In

Table 126 Logical linker list for low frequency load shedding protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation

1. On Func_LF LS Enable or disable the low frequency load shedding

protection

Page 172: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

157

Table 127 Binary setting list for low frequency load shedding protection

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

2.9 0 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect Single phase or three phase

voltage connection

3.4 1 dF(dU)/dt Off dF(dU)/dt On Enable or disable the binary

setting of dF(dU)/dt

1.5 IED reports

Table 128 Event information list

Information Description

LF LS Trip Low frequency load shedding function issues trip command

Page 173: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

158

2 Low voltage load shedding protection

2.1 Introduction

This kind of load shedding is to prevent the voltage collapse and uncontrolled

loss of load.

Low voltage load shedding is necessary when the network is connected with

a huge system with vast power capacity. Under this condition, “Low

Frequency Load Shedding Scheme” cannot work properly. “Low Voltage Load

Shedding Scheme" would be a useful criterion whenever Automatic Voltages

Regulator (AVR) is out of service or not equipped with following conditions

satisfied.

Undervoltage checking

Negative sequence voltage checking

Rate of voltage (du/dt) checking

CB position checking

Load current checking

VT secondary circuit supervision

2.2 Protection principle

2.2.1 Funciton description

Low voltage load shedding is provided based on “bay load shedding” principle.

This means that the protection function is implemented in each bay separately,

instead of being applied in an incoming bay and sending trip command to

various outgoing bays. In this regard, coordination between the low voltage

load shedding protection functions applied at various bays can be achieved

by selecting appropriate settings for pickup threshold and time delay of the

protection in various bays. The protection function can be enabled or disabled

via binary setting “Func_LV LS”. Based on the “bay load shedding” principle,

only one trip stage is provided for the protection. This protection can operate

based on both three-phase and single-phase voltage input configurations.

The voltage connection is set in the IED by binary setting “3Ph V

Page 174: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

159

Connect/1Ph V Connect”. If all the measured voltages fall below a

pre-defined threshold (setting “U_LV LS”), a timer begins to run toward a

pre-defined limit which is the time delay of the protection (setting “T_LV LS”).

When the time delay elapsed, the trip command is issued. It is noted that the

setting applied at “U_LV LS” corresponds to phase to phase voltage.

Since the protection operates based on measured voltages, for some

conditions satisfied the protection should be blocked. These conditions are as

follows:

The minimum magnitude among of the connected voltages is lower than

the defined threshold “U_Chk”. In case of single-phase voltage

connection, only the magnitude of the connected voltage is checked with

setting “U_Chk”

VT fail is detected by the IED or a MCB failure signal is received to the

IED through respective binary input

Load current is lower than setting “I_Chk”. This condition is mainly useful

when the voltage transformer is connected at source side. The setting

applied at “I_Chk” corresponds to minimum load current which may flow

when circuit breaker is closed. It is possible to disable this feature by

applying setting 0 to “I_Chk”

Circuit breaker is in open status. Similar to the previous condition, it is

useful when the voltage transformer is connected at source side. In this

case, it is not desired to issue any trip command by low voltage load

shedding even if the voltage falls below the pre-defined threshold

Rate of voltage change (ΔU/Δt) exceeds the setting of voltage change

rate “dU/dt_LS”. The setting corresponds to phase to phase voltage

Negative sequence voltage is greater than 5V. In case of single-phase

voltage connection (by setting “1Ph V Connect”), this condition is

useless.

2.3 Input and output signals

Page 175: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

160

IP1

IP2

IP3

LV LS Trip

UP1

UP2

UP3

BI8 CB Open

Table 129 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

UP1 signal for voltage input 1

UP2 signal for voltage input 2

UP3 signal for voltage input 3

Table 130 Binary input list

Signal Description

BI8 CB Open Binary input 8 CB open

Table 131 Binary output list

Signal Description

LF LS Trip Low voltage load shedding trip

2.4 Setting parameter

2.4.1 Setting list

Table 132 Function setting list for low frequency load shedding protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 100 U_LV LS Voltage setting for low voltage load

shedding protection V 50.00 110.00

2. 1 T_LV LS Time setting for low voltage load

shedding protection S 0.05 60.00

3. 5 dU/dt_LS dF/dt setting for low voltage load HZ/S 1.00 10.00

Page 176: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

161

shedding protection

4. 70 U_Chk Voltage checking setting for low

voltage load shedding protection V 10.00 120.0

5. 0.2In I_Chk Current checking setting for low

voltage load shedding protection A 0 2.00In

Table 133 Logical linker list for low frequency load shedding protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation

1. On Func_LV LS Enable or disable the low voltage load shedding

protection

Table 134 Binary setting list for low frequency load shedding protection

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

2.9 0 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect Single phase or three phase

voltage connection

3.4 1 dF(dU)/dt Off dF(dU)/dt On Enable or disable the binary

setting of dF(dU)/dt

2.5 IED reports

Table 135 Event information list

Information Description

Func_LV LS Disable or enable the low voltage load shedding

Page 177: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

162

3 Overload load shedding protection

3.1 Introduction

The IED provides a load shedding function based on the load current passing

through feeder. This function will be essential in conditions that feeder is

connected to a huge network with constant frequency and additional AVR is

continuously used for voltage regulation. In this case, load shedding

protection should be done based on load current and monitoring of following

items

Undervoltage checking

Rate of voltage (du/dt) checking (in the case of voltage connection)

Rate of frequency (df/dt) checking (in the case of voltage connection)

VT secondary circuit supervision (in the case of voltage connection)

3.2 Protection principle

3.2.1 Fucntion description

Overload load shedding is provided based on “bay load shedding” principle.

This means that the protection function is implemented in each bay separately,

instead of being applied in an incoming bay and sending trip command to

various outgoing bays. In this regard, coordination between the overload load

shedding protection functions applied at various bays can be achieved by

selecting appropriate settings for pickup threshold and time delay of the

protection in various bays. The protection function can be enabled or disabled

via binary setting “Func_OL LS”. Based on the “bay load shedding” principle,

only one trip stage is provided for the protection. It operates based on the

measured phase currents. If all of the measured phase currents exceed a

pre-defined threshold (setting “I_OL LS”), a timer begins to run toward a

pre-defined limit which is the time delay of the protection (setting “T_OL LS”).

When the time delay elapsed, the trip command is issued.

If the voltage connected to the IED and the binary setting “OL LS Chk V On” is

set in binary setting “OL LS Chk V Off/OL LS Chk V On”, the protection would

be blocked as following conditions:

Page 178: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

163

The minimum magnitude among of the connected voltages is lower than

the threshold defined by “U_Chk”. In case of single-phase voltage

connection, only the magnitude of the connected voltage is checked with

setting “U_Chk”

Rate of voltage change (ΔU/Δt) exceeds the setting of voltage change

rate “dU/dt_LS”. The setting corresponds to phase to phase voltage

Rate of frequency change (Δf/Δt) exceeds the setting of frequency

change rate “dF/dt_LS”.

VT fail is detected by the IED or a MCB failure signal is received to the

IED through respective binary input

3.3 Input and output signals

IP1

IP2

IP3

OL LS Trip

UP1

UP2

UP3

BI8 CB Open

Table 136 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

UP1 signal for voltage input 1

UP2 signal for voltage input 2

UP3 signal for voltage input 3

Table 137 Binary input list

Signal Description

BI8 CB Open Binary input 8 CB open

Table 138 Binary output list

Signal Description

Page 179: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

164

OL LS Trip Overload load shedding trip

3.4 Setting parameter

3.4.1 Setting list

Table 139 Function setting list for overload load shedding protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. In I_OL LS Current setting for over load load

shedding protection V 50.00 110.00

2. 1 T_OL LS Time setting for over load load

shedding protection S 0.05 60.00

3. 5 dU/dt_LS dU/dt setting for over load load

shedding protection V/S 1.00 10.00

4. 3 dF/dt_LS dF/dt setting for over load load

shedding protection HZ/S 1.00 10.00

5. 70 U_Chk Voltage checking setting for low

voltage load shedding protection V 10.00 120.0

Table 140 Logical linker list for overload load shedding protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation

1. On Func_Lv LS Enable or disable the low voltage load shedding

protection

Table 141 Binary setting list for overload load shedding protection

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

2.9 0 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect Single phase or three phase

voltage connection

3.4 1 dF(dU)/dt Off dF(dU)/dt On Enable or disable the binary

setting of dF(dU)/dt

3.5 1 OL LS Chk V Off OL LS Chk V On Enable or disable the function

of checking voltage

3.5 IED reports

Table 142 Event information list

Page 180: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

165

Information Description

OL LS Trip Overload load shedding function issues trip command

3.6 Technical data

Table 143 Technical data for load shedding protection

Item Rang or Value Tolerance

Under Frequency Load shedding

Frequency for fr =50Hz 45.50 to 50.00 Hz, step 0.01 Hz ≤ ±20 mHz

Time delay 0.05 to 60.00s, step 0.01 ≤ ±1.5 % setting or +60 ms

Under Voltage Load shedding

Voltage 50 to 110 V, step 1V ≤ ±3 % setting or ±1 V

Time delay 0.10 to 60.00s, step 0.01 s

≤ ±1.5 % setting or +60 ms, at

80% operating setting

Overload Load shedding

Phase current 0.08 to 20 A for Ir =1A

0.25 to 100 A for Ir =5A

≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

Time delay 0.10 to 60.00s , step 0.01 s ≤ ±1.5 % setting or +60 ms, at

200% operating setting

Blocking condition

Frequency change rate Δf/Δt 1 to 10 Hz/s ≤ ±0.5 Hz/s

Voltage change rate Δu/Δt 1 to 100 V/s, step 1 V/s ≤ ±3 % setting or ±1 V

Blocking voltage 10 to 120V, step 1 V ≤ ±3 % setting or ±1 V

Blocking current 0 to 2 Ir ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

Operating time Approx. 60 ms

Reset time Approx. 60 ms

Under voltage blocking reset ratio Approx. 1

Page 181: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 18 Load shedding protection

166

Page 182: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 19 Fast busbar protection scheme

167

Chapter 19 Fast busbar protection

scheme

About this chapter

This chapter introduces the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, logic diagram, IED report and technical data

used for fast busbar protection scheme.

Page 183: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 19 Fast busbar protection scheme

168

1 Fast busbar protection scheme

1.1 Function description

The IED provides fast busbar protection which is achieved based on

operation with GOOSE signals, it is able to block the incoming feeder

protection IED function by reception of a defined GOOSE signals from the

outgoing feeder linked with the same busbar.

The principle illustrated in the following figure:

Relay A

Relay C

Relay B

Trip

A

B

C

GO

OS

E m

assa

ge

-Blo

ck

Figure 52 Action when fault on the feeder C

If the fault occurs on outgoing feeder C, the protection IED C will trip and send

block messenger to IED A to block IED A relevant protection function.

Page 184: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 19 Fast busbar protection scheme

169

Relay A

Relay C

Relay B

Trip

A

B

C

Figure 53 Action when fault on the Busbar

Once the fault located on the busbar, protection IEDs of outgoing feeder do

not trip and therefore there is no any blocking signal. So the IED A will trip and

clear off the fault with short time delay.

1.2 Input and output signals

IP1

IP2

IP3

UP1

UP2

UP3

Table 144 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

Page 185: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 19 Fast busbar protection scheme

170

IP3 signal for current input 3

UP1 signal for voltage input 1

UP2 signal for voltage input 2

UP3 signal for voltage input 3

1.3 Setting parameter

1.3.1 Setting list

1.4 IED reports

Table 145 Event information list

Information Description

OC Startup Three stages over current protections startup

OC Startup Back Three stages over current protections return

Page 186: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

171

Chapter 20 Secondary system

supervision

About this chapter

This chapter describes the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, IED report and technical data used in

secondary system supervision function.

Page 187: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

172

1 Current circuit supervision

1.1 Function principle

1.1.1 Function description

Open or short circuited current transformer cores can cause unwanted

operation of many protection functions such as, earth fault current and

negative sequence current functions.

It must be remembered that a blocking of protection functions at an occurring

open CT circuit will mean that the situation will remain and extremely high

voltages will stress the secondary circuit.

To prevent the IED from wrong trip, interruptions in the secondary circuits of

current transformers is detected and reported by the UED. When the zero

sequence current is always larger than the setting value “3I0_CT Fail” for 12s,

“CT Fail” will be reported and each stage of zero sequence current protection

will be blocked if setting “Blk EF_CT Fail” is selected.

1.1.2 Logic diagram

12s

CT Fail On

3I0> CT Fail

Figure 54 Logic diagram for current circuit supervision

1.2 Input and output signals

IP1

IP2

IP3

CT Fail

IN

Table 146 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 signal for current input 1

Page 188: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

173

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

IN signal for zero sequence current input

Table 147 Binary output list

Signal Description

CT Fail CT Fail

1.3 Setting parameter

1.3.1 Setting list

Table 148 Function setting list for current circuit supervision protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.5In 3I0_CT Fail Maximum zero-sequence current for

detecting CT failure A 0.05In 2.00In

Table 149 Binary setting list for current circuit supervision protection

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

2.13 1 CT Fail Off CT Fail On Enable or disable the function

of CT fail supervising

1.4 IED reports

Table 150 Alarm information list

Information Description

CT Fail CT failure in circuit of current transformer

Page 189: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

174

2 Fuse failure supervision VT

2.1 Introduction

A measured voltage failure, due to a broken conductor or a short circuit fault

in the secondary circuit of voltage transformer, may result in unwanted

operation of the protection functions which work based on voltage criteria. VT

failure supervision function is provided to block these protection functions and

enable the backup protection functions. The features of the function are as

follows:

Symmetrical/asymmetrical VT failure detection

3-phase AC voltage MCB monitoring

1-phase AC voltage MCB monitoring

Zero and negative sequence current monitoring

Applicable in solid grounded, compensated or isolated networks

2.2 Function principle

VT failure supervision function can be enabled or disabled through binary

setting “VT Fail On/ VT Fail Off”. By applying setting “VT Fail On” to the binary

setting, VT failure supervision function would monitor the voltage transformer

circuit. As mentioned, the function is able to detect single-phase broken,

two-phase broken or three-phase broken faults in secondary circuit of voltage

transformer, if a three-phase connection is applied.

There are three main criteria for VT failure detection; the first is dedicated to

detect three-phase broken faults. The second and third ones are to detect

single or two-phase broken faults in solid earthed and isolated/resistance

earthed systems, respectively. A precondition to meet these three criteria is

that IED should not be picked up and the calculated zero sequence and

negative sequence currents should be less than setting of “3I02_ VT Fail”.

The criteria are as follows:

2.2.1 Three phases (symmetrical) VT Fail

The calculated zero sequence voltage 3U0 as well as maximum of three

phase-to-earth voltages is less than the setting of “Upe_VT Fail” and at the

same time, maximum of three phase currents is higher than setting of “I_ VT

Fail”. This condition may correspond to three phase broken fault in secondary

Page 190: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

175

circuit of the voltage transformer if no startup element has been detected.

2.2.2 Single/two phases (asymmetrical) VT Fail

The calculated zero sequence voltage 3U0 is more than the setting of

“Upe_VT Fail”. This condition may correspond to single or two-phase broken

fault in secondary circuit of the voltage transformer, if the system starpoint is

solidly earthed and no startup element has been detected.

The calculated zero sequence voltage 3U0 is more than the setting of

“Upe_VT Fail”, and at the same time, the difference between the maximum

and minimum phase-to-phase voltages is more than the setting of “Upp_VT

Fail”. This condition may correspond to single or two-phase broken fault in

secondary circuit of the voltage transformer, if the system starpoint is isolated

or resistance earthed and no startup element has been detected.

In addition to the mentioned conditions, IED has the capability to be informed

about the VT MCB failure through its binary inputs “V3p MCB Fail” and “V1p

MCB Fail”. In this context, VT fail is detected, if the respective binary input is

active.

2.2.3 The fourth voltage U4 VT fail

The IED is also capable to detect VT MCB failure of the forth input voltage U4

through its binary input “V1P MCB Fail”. In this context, VT fail is detected for

U4, if the respective binary input is active. As mentioned previously, U4 input

voltage can be used for in conjunction with reclosure function (setting ”3U0

Calculated”) or as 3U0 which can be used for earth fault protection or

displacement voltage protection (setting “3U0 Measured”). When the fourth

input voltage is used as 3U0, activation of binary input “V1P MCB Fail” may

lead to block condition for the corresponding functions which operate based

on the measured 3U0 voltage. Similarly, when it is used as synchronization

purposes, activation of binary input “V1P MCB Fail” would result in blocking

condition for synchronization function.

2.2.4 Logic diagram

If VT failure supervision detects a failure in voltage transformer secondary

circuit, either by means of the above mentioned criteria or reception of a VT

MCB fail indication, all the protection functions which operate based on

direction component or low voltage criteria can be blocked, depending on the

Page 191: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

176

setting. Furthermore, alarm report “VT Fail” is issued after 10s time delay. If

the VT Fail criteria recovers within this 10s time delay, the blocking condition

would be removed if one of the following conditions is met. Furthermore, it

should be noted that no VT MCB fail indication should be present during this

condition.

Without relay pickup, minimum phase voltage becomes more than setting of

“Upe_VT Normal” for 500ms. It is mentioned that with single phase

connection by setting “1-PH V Connect”, only the connected voltage is

checked.

Without relay pickup, minimum phase voltage becomes more than setting of

“Upe_VT Normal” and at the same time, the calculated zero sequence or

negative sequence current of corresponding side becomes more than the

setting of “3I02_ VT Fail”. It is mentioned that with single phase connection by

setting “1-PH V Connect”, only the connected voltage is checked.

Subsequent to reporting VT fail alarm, the blocking condition of respective

protection functions would be removed if without relay pickup, the minimum

phase voltage becomes more than the setting of “Upe_VT Normal” for a

duration more than 10s. Furthermore, it should be noted that no VT MCB fail

indication should be present during this condition.

Max{Uab,Ubc,Uca}-Min{Uab,Ubc,Uca}>

3U0 <

Max{Ua,Ub,Uc}<

10S AlarmVT Fail On

AND

AND

OR

OR

V3P MCB Fail VT Fail

3U0 >= Solid Earthed

Isolate/Resist

3Ph CB Open

“0”

VT Chk CB On

VT Chk CB Off

Figure 55 VT Logic diagram of VT failure supervision for three phase voltage inputs

10SVT Check On

V1p MCB Fail

V1p VT Fail

Alarm

Page 192: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

177

Figure 56 VT Logic diagram of VT failure supervision for U4 input

2.3 Input and output signals

IP1

IP2

IP3

UP1

UP2

UP3

VT Fail

V3P MCB Fail

IN

V1P MCB Fail

V1P VT Fail

UP4

Table 151 Analog input list

Signal Description

IP1 signal for current input 1

IP2 signal for current input 2

IP3 signal for current input 3

IN Signal for zero sequence current input

UP1 signal for voltage input 1

UP2 signal for voltage input 2

UP3 signal for voltage input 3

UP4 signal for voltage input 4

Table 152 Binary input list

Signal Description

V3P MCB Fail Three phase MCB VT fail

V1P MCB Fail Single phase MCB VT fail

Table 153 Binary output list

Signal Description

VT Fail VT fail

V1P MCB Fail Single phase MCB VT fail

2.4 Setting parameter

2.4.1 Setting list

Page 193: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

178

Table 154 Function setting list for fuse failure supervision protection

NO. Default Abbr. Explanation Unit Min. Max.

1. 0.2In I_VT Fail Maximum current for detecting VT

failure A 0.05In 0.25In

2. 0.2In 3I02_VT Fail

Maximum zero- and negative-

sequence current for detecting VT

failure

A 0.05In 0.25In

3. 8 Upe_VT Fail Maximum phase to earth voltage

for detecting VT failure V 7.00 20.0

4. 16 Upp_VT Fail Maximum phase to phase voltage

for detecting VT failure V 10.00 30.0

5. 40 Upe_VT Normal Minimum normal phase to earth

for VT restoring V 40.00 65.00

Table 155 Binary setting list for fuse failure supervision protection

Bit Default “0” “1” Explanation

2.9 0 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect Single phase or three phase

voltage connection

2.10 0 Isolate/ Resist Solid earthed Solid earthed system or

isolated system

2.15 1 VT Fail Off VT Fail On Enable or disable the function

of VT failure

2.5 IED reports

Table 156 Alarm information list

Information Description

VT Fail VT failure in circuit of voltage transformer

V1P VT Fail VT failure in circuit of the forth voltage transformer

2.6 Technical data

Table 157 Technical data for VT secondary circuit supervision

Item Range or value Tolerances

Minimum current 0.08Ir to 0.20Ir, step 0.01A ≤ ±3% setting or ±0.02Ir

Minimum zero or negative

sequence current

0.08Ir to 0.20Ir, step 0.01A ≤ ±5% setting or ±0.02Ir

Page 194: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

179

Maximum phase to earth voltage 7.0V to 20.0V, step 0.01V ≤ ±3% setting or ±1 V

Maximum phase to phase

voltage

10.0V to 30.0V, step 0.01V ≤ ±3% setting or ±1 V

Normal phase to earth voltage 40.0V to 65.0V, step 0.01V ≤ ±3% setting or ±1 V

Page 195: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 20 Secondary system supervision

180

Page 196: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 21 Monitoring function

181

Chapter 21 Monitoring function

About this chapter

This chapter describes the protection principle, input and output

signals, parameter, IED report and technical data used in

monitoring function.

Page 197: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 21 Monitoring function

182

1 Switching devices status monitoring

The function is used to monitor the service status of circuit breaker. The

conditions such as spring charging status, gas pressure, etc., are available

for the protection IED.

The AR function will be blocked and alarm will be issued in case of something

wrong with CB.

2 Self-supervision

All modules can perform self-supervision to its key hardware components

and program as soon as energizing. Parts of the modules are

self-supervised in real time. All internal faults or abnormal conditions will

initiate an alarm. The fatal faults among them will result in the whole IED

blocked

CRC checks for the setting, program and configuration, etc.

Page 198: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 22 Station communication

183

Chapter 22 Station communication

About this chapter

This chapter describes the communication possibilities in a

SA-system.

Page 199: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 22 Station communication

184

1 Overview

Each IED is provided with a communication interface, enabling it to connect to

one or many substation level systems or equipment.

Following communication protocols are available:

IEC 61850-8-1 communication protocol

60870-5-103 communication protocol

The IED is able to connect to one or more substation level systems or

equipments simultaneously, through the communication ports with

communication protocols supported.

1.1 Protocol

1.1.1 IEC61850-8 communication protocol

IEC 61850-8-1 allows two or more intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) from

one or several vendors to exchange information and to use it in the

performance of their functions and for correct co-operation.

GOOSE (Generic Object Oriented Substation Event), which is a part of IEC

61850-8-1 standard, allows the IEDs to communicate state and control

information amongst themselves, using a publish-subscribe mechanism. That

is, upon detecting an event, the IED(s) use a multi-cast transmission to notify

those devices that have registered to receive the data. An IED can, by

publishing a GOOSE message, report its status. It can also request a control

action to be directed at any device in the network.

1.1.2 IEC60870-5-103 communication protocol

The IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol is mainly used when a

protection IED communicates with a third party control or monitoring system.

This system must have software that can interpret the IEC 60870-5-103

communication messages.

The IEC 60870-5-103 is an unbalanced (master-slave) protocol for coded-bit

serial communication exchanging information with a control system. In IEC

terminology a primary station is a master and a secondary station is a slave.

Page 200: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 22 Station communication

185

The communication is based on a point-to-point principle. The master must

have software that can interpret the IEC 60870-5-103 communication

messages. For detailed information about IEC 60870-5-103, refer to the

“IEC60870 standard” part 5: “Transmission protocols”, and to the section 103:

“Companion standard for the informative interface of protection equipment”.

1.2 Communication port

1.2.1 Front communication port

There is a serial RS232 port on the front plate of all the IEDs. Through this

port, the IED can be connected to the personal computer for setting, testing,

and configuration using the dedicated Sifang software tool.

1.2.2 RS485 communication ports

One isolated electrical RS485 communication ports are provided to connect

with substation automation system. These two ports can work in parallel for

IEC60870-5-103.

1.2.3 Ethernet communication ports

Up to 2 electrical or optical Ethernet communication ports are provided to

connect with substation automation system. These two ports can work in

parallel for one protocol, IEC61850 or IEC60870-5-103.

1.3 Technical data

Front communication port

Item Data

Number 1

Connection Isolated, RS232; front panel,

9-pin subminiature connector, for software tools

Communication speed 9600 baud

Max. length of communication cable 15 m

Page 201: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 22 Station communication

186

RS485 communication port

Item Data

Number 1, only

Connection 2-wire connector

Rear port in communication module

Max. length of communication cable 1.0 km

Test voltage 500 V AC against earth

For IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

Communication speed Factory setting 9600 baud,

Min. 1200 baud, Max. 19200 baud

Ethernet communication port

Item Data

Electrical communication port

Number 0 to 3

Connection RJ45 connector

Rear port in communication module

Max. length of communication cable 100m

For IEC 61850 protocol

Communication speed 100 Mbit/s

For IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

Communication speed 100 Mbit/s

Optical communication port ( optional )

Number 0 to 2

Connection SC connector

Rear port in communication module

Optical cable type Multi-mode

IEC 61850 protocol

Communication speed 100 Mbit/s

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

Communication speed 100 Mbit/s

Note: There is not optical Ethernet port in CSC211

Time synchronization

Page 202: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 22 Station communication

187

Item Data

Mode Pulse mode

IRIG-B signal format IRIG-B000

Connection 2-wire connector

Rear port in communication module

Voltage levels differential input

Page 203: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 22 Station communication

188

1.4 Typical substation communication scheme

The IED is able to connect to one or more substation level systems or

equipments simultaneously, through the communication ports with

communication protocols supported.

Gateway

or

converter

Work Station 3

Server or Work

Station 1

Server or Work

Station 2

Net 2: IEC61850/IEC103,Ethernet Port B

Net 3: IEC103, RS485 Port A

Net 1: IEC61850/IEC103,Ethernet Port A

SwitchSwitch

Switch

Switch

Switch

Figure 57 Connection example for multi-networks of station automation system

1.5 Typical time synchronizing scheme

All IEDs feature a permanently integrated electrical time synchronization port

(shown in Figure 58). It can be used to feed timing telegrams in IRIG-B or

pulse format into the IEDs via time synchronization receivers. The IED can

adapt the second or minute pulse in the pulse mode automatically.

Meanwhile, SNTP network time synchronization can be applied.

SNTP IRIG-B Pulse

Ethernet port IRIG-B port Binary input

Figure 58 Time synchronizing modes

Page 204: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

189

Chapter 23 Hardware

About this chapter

This chapter describes the IED hardware.

Page 205: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

190

1 Introduction

1.1 IED structure

The enclosure for IED is 1/2 19 inches in width and 4U in height.

The IED is flush mounting with panel cutout and cabinet.

Connection terminals to other system on the rear.

The front panel of IED is aluminum alloy by founding in integer and

overturn downwards. LCD, LED and setting keys are mounted on the

panel. There is a serial interface on the panel suitable for connecting a

PC.

Draw-out modules for serviceability are fixed by lock component.

The modules can be combined through the bus on the rear board. Both

the IED and the other system can be combined through the rear

interfaces.

1.2 IED module arrangement

Page 206: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

191

X1

AIM

X2

AIM

X3

BIO

X4

CPU

X5

FIO

X6

FOM

X7

PSM

Figure 59 Rear view of the protection IED

Page 207: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

192

2 Local human-machine interface

2.1 Introduction

The human-machine interface is simple and easy to understand – the whole

front plate is divided into zones, each of which has a well-defined

functionality:

2

1

3

4

5 6

7

Figure 60 The view of IED front plate

1. Liquid crystal display (LCD)

2. LEDs

3. Arrow keys

4. Reset key

5. Quit key

6. Set key

7. RS232 communication port

2.2 Liquid crystal display (LCD)

The LCD back light of HMI is blue, 5 lines can be displayed.

Page 208: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

193

When operating keys are pressed or in the case of IED alarming or operating

report appearance, the back light will turn on automatically until the preset

time delay elapse after the latest operation or alarm.

2.3 LED

There are 11 LEDs on the left side of the LCD. The definition for each LED is

shown as following table.

Table 158 HMI keys on the front of the IED

NO. Definition Color Explanation

1. Run/Alarm Green The IED operate nomally

Red The alarm is issued

2. OC Green The linker of overcurrent protection is enabled

Red The overcurrent protection operate

3. EF Green The linker of earth fault protection is enabled

Red The earth fault protection operate

4. SEF Green The linker of sensitive earth fault protection is enabled

Red The sensitive earth fault protection operate

5. NSOC Green

The linker of negative sequence overcurrent protection is

enabled

Red The negative sequence overcurrent protection operate

6. CBF/DZ Green

The linker of circuit breaker failure or dead zone protection

is enabled

Red The circuit breaker failure or dead zone protection operate

7. Themal OL Green The linker of thermal overload protection is enabled

Red The thermal overload protection operate

8. 3V0 Green The linker of displacement voltage protection is enabled

Red The displacement voltage protection operate

9. OV/UV Green

The linker of overvoltage or undervoltage protection is

enabled

Red The overvoltage or undervoltage protection operate

10. Load SHED Green The linker of load shedding protection is enabled

Red The load shedding protection operate

11. AR/MC Green

The linker of autorecloser or manual reclose function is

enabled

Red The autorecloser or manual reclose function operate

2.4 Keyboard

Page 209: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

194

The keyboard is used to monitor and operate IED. The keyboard has the

same look and feel in CSC family. As shown in Figure 60, keyboard is divided

into Arrow keys, Reset key, Quit key and Set key. The specific instructions on

the keys as the following table described:

Table 159 HMI keys on the front of the IED

Key Function

Up arrow key Move up in menu

Page up between screens

Increase value in setting

Down arrow key Move down in menu

Page down between screens

Decrease value in setting

Left arrow key Move left in menu

Right arrow key Move Right in menu

Reset key Reset the LEDs

Return to normal scrolling display state directly

Set key Enter main menu or submenu

Confirm the setting change

Quit key Back to previous menu

Cancel the current operation and back to previous menu

Return to scrolling display state

Lock or unlock current display in the scrolling display state (the

lock state is indicated by a "solid diamond" type icon on the botton

right corner of the LCD)

2.5 IED menu

2.5.1 Menu construction

Page 210: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

195

OpStatus

OpConfig

Settings

Report

ComConf

Testing

DevSetup

DevInfo

Analog BI

Connect

GOOSEINF

Metering

Energy

Switch Time

Connect

Read Switch

Event

Remote

BO

BI

Zero

LED Test

Eth 1#

Operation

Version OpInfo

Serial

MainMenu

Eth 2#

Print

GOO Ctrl GOOSESUB

GOO Ctrl

Write Delete

Alarm Clear

Wave

Monitor

Label

Accuracy

TestMode

Metering

Module

Remote

SysParam Backlit

Table 160 Full name for the menu

Sub-menu Full name Sub-sub menu Full name

OpStatus Operation status Analog Analog

Metering Metering

Page 211: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

196

Sub-menu Full name Sub-sub menu Full name

Energy Energy

GOO Ctrl GOOSE control

BI Binary input

Connect Connector

GOOSEINF COOSE information

GOOSESUB GOOSE subscribe

OpConfig Operation

configuration

Switch Switch

Connect Connector

Time Time

GOO Ctrl GOOSE control

Settings Settings

Read Read

Write write

Switch Switch

Delete Delete

Report Report

Event Event

Alarm Alarm

Wave Wave

Operation Operation

Clear Clear

ComConf Communication

configuration

Eth 1# Ethernet port 1

Eth 2# Ethernet port 2

Monitor Monitor

Serial Serial port

Label Label

Testing Testing

BO Binary output

BI Binary input

LED Test LED Test

Accuracy Accuracy

Zero Zero drift

Remote Remote

TestMode Test mode

DevSetup Device setup

Module Module

Remote Remote

SysParam System parameter

Print Print

Metering Metering

Backlit Back light

DevInfo Device

information

Version Version

OpInfo Operation information

2.5.2 Operation status

Page 212: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

197

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

OpConfig

Analog Read the analog input of the IED

Metering Read the measurement analog input of the IED

Energy Read the energy inputs of the IED

GOO Ctrl Read the status of the GOOSE connector

BI Read the status of binary inputs

Connect Read the status of the connector

GOOSEINF Read the transmission of the report

GOOSESUB Read the information of the GOOSE

2.5.3 Operation status

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

OpConfig

Analog Read the analog input of the IED

Metering Read the measurement analog input of the IED

Energy Read the energy inputs of the IED

GOO Ctrl Read the status of the GOOSE connector

BI Read the status of binary inputs

Connect Read the status of the connector

GOOSEINF Read the transmission of the report

GOOSESUB Read the information of the GOOSE

2.5.4 Operation configuration

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

OpConfig

Switch Switching setting group

Connect Enable or disable the protection function

Time Setting the current time of the IED

GOO Ctrl Function related GOOSE ON/OFF

2.5.5 Settings

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

Settings

Read Read the settings

Write Set the settings

Switch Switch setting group

Delete Delete settings

2.5.6 Report

Page 213: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

198

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

Report

Event Display latest 40 event records

Alarm Display latest 40 alarm records

Wave Display latest 10 recording wave

Operation Display latest 40 IED operation records

Clear Clear all history reports saved by the IED and delete

unnecessary test records before IED operation.

2.5.7 Communication configuration

Sub menu Sub-sub menu Explanation

ComConf

Eth 1# Set Ethernet port 1 in CPU module.

Eth 2# Set Ethernet port 2 in CPU module.

Monitor Set parameter related BIO module

Serial Serial 1 is used for SIO in panel, serial 2 is used for 485

port in CPU module and Serial 3 is reserved for dual

485 CPU module.

Label Set IED address (hex), STA name and Bay name

2.5.8 Testing

Sub menu Sub-sub

menu

Sub-sub-sub

menu

Explanation

Testing

BO Test the binary outputs

BI Test the binary inputs

LED Test Test the panel LED

Accuracy Test the analog quantites precision and

linearity

Zero View the zero drift

Remote

Event Report event report to monitor and SCADA

Alarm Report alarm report to monitor and SCADA

Signal Report the virtual SOE event to the monitor

and SCADA

Metering Report virtual remote measurement

over-limit event to the monitor and SCADA

TestMode

The IED enters/exit test state, and it will not

send the event information to the local

monitor and remote communication under

the test state. The IED should exit the test

status after the test completed

Page 214: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

199

2.5.9 Device setup

Sub menu Sub-sub

menu

Sub-sub-sub

menu

Explanation

DevSetup

Module

NetConf

Hardware support is necessary, the setup

must be consistent with the hardware, and

LON/485/Ethernet are optional

Connect

The default is the soft connector mode, for

soft and hard combined mode, only the

specific protection hard contact is provided,

the other protection hard connector starts up

by default

BIO BIO module setup depends on the practical

equipment

sql AI module setup depends on the practical

equipment

Remote

CSC2000 Setup of CSC2000 protocol, identify the communication requirement of this station and practical hardware configuration

Prot103

Setup of 103 protocol, identify the

communication requirement of this station

and practical hardware configuration

IEC61850

Setup of 61850 protocol, identify the

communication requirement of this station

and practical hardware configuration

Signal

Setup of signal, protocol version, report

parameter and time synchronization, identify

the external condition of this station

SysParam

Modify Setup of the related parameters for external

conditions

Default Load the default value when upgrade CPU

program

Print Set network printer address

Metering

Zero

Adjust the compensation coefficient of the

measurement module under the zero input

status

Scale Scale adjustment

Save Confirm and save zero setup and scale

setup

Reset

Clear the current memorized operation value

of the measurement module (power and

impulse counter)

Backlit Set the back light to keep constant on or

Page 215: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

200

Sub menu Sub-sub

menu

Sub-sub-sub

menu

Explanation

automatically turn off when the keyboard is

free

2.5.10 Device information

Sub menu Sub-sub

menu

Sub-sub-sub

menu

Explanation

DevInfo

Version

Display the version of protection program,

protection scheme, HMI program, and IED

firmware.

OpInfo

BIO Com Display operation statistical data of the BIO

communication.

HMI Display operation statistical data of the MMI

communication.

Page 216: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

201

3 Analog input module

3.1 Introduction

The analogue input module is used to galvanically separate and transform the

secondary currents and voltages generated by the measuring transformers.

3 dedicated high accurate current transformers (optional) are used for

metering.

There are four kinds of AIM, Module A, Module B, Module C and Module D

series.

AIM A series provides up to 2 current input channels.

AIM B series provides up to 2 current input channels and 3 voltage input

channels.

AIM C series provides up to 5 current input channels.

AIM D series provides up to 6 current input channels and 4 voltage input

channels.

Page 217: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

202

3.2 Terminals of analog input module

Terminals of Analogue Input Module A series

I01

I02

I03

I04

I05

I06

I07

I08

I09

I10

I11

I12

Pro

tectio

nM

ete

rin

g

Figure 61 Terminals arrangement of AIM A series

Table 161 Description of terminals of AIM A series

Terminal Analogue

Input Remark

I01 I1 Star point

I02 I’1

I03 Null

I04 Null

I05 Null

I06 Null

I07 Null

I08 Null

I09 Null

I10 Null

I11 ImB Star point,

for metering

I12 I’mB For

metering

Terminals of Analogue Input Module B series

Page 218: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

203

I01

I02

U03

U04

U05

U06

U07

U08

I09

I10

I11

I12

Pro

tectio

nM

ete

rin

g

Figure 62 Terminals arrangement of AIM B series

Table 162 Description of terminals of AIM B series

Terminal Analogue

Input Remark

I01 I1 Star point

I02 I’1

U03 UC1 Star point

U04 U’C1

U05 UC2 Star point

U06 U’C2

U07 UC3 Star point

U08 U’C3

I09 Null

I10 Null

I11 ImB Star point,

for metering

I12 I’mB For

metering

Terminals of Analogue Input Module C series

Page 219: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

204

I01

I02

I03

I04

I05

I06

I07

I08

I09

I10

I11

I12

Pro

tection

Me

terin

g

Figure 63 Terminals arrangement of AIM C series

Table 163 Description of terminals of AIM C series

Terminal Analogue

Input Remark

I01 I1 Star point

I02 I’1

I03 IC1 Star point

I04 I’C1

I05 IC2 Star point

I06 I’C2

I07 IC3 Star point

I08 I’C3

I09 Null

I10 Null

I11 ImB Star point,

for metering

I12 I’mB For

metering

Terminals of Analogue Input Module D series

Page 220: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

205

I01

I02

I03

I04

I05

I06

I07

I08

I09

I10

I11

I12

U01

U02

U03

U04

U05

U06

Pro

tectio

nM

ete

rin

g3

Ph

vo

lta

ge

1P

h v

olta

ge

Figure 64 Terminals arrangement of AIM D series

Table 164 Description of terminals AIM D-1 of AIM D series

Terminal Analogue Input Remark

I01 IA Star point

I02 I’A

I03 IB Star point

I04 I’B

I05 IC Star point

I06 I’C

I07 I0 Star point

I08 I’0

I09 ImA

Star point

For

metering

Page 221: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

206

I10 I’mA For

metering

I11 ImC

Star point

For

metering

I12 I’mC For

metering

Table 165 Description of terminals AIM D-2 of AIM D series

Terminal Definition Remark

U01 UA Star point

U02 UB Star point

U03 UC Star point

U04 UN

U05 U4 Star point

U06 U’4

3.3 Technical data

Internal current transformer

Item Standard Data

Rated current Ir IEC 60255-1 1 or 5 A

Nominal current range 0.05 Ir to 30 Ir

Nominal current range of sensitive

CT

0.005 to 1 A

Power consumption (per phase) ≤ 0.1 VA at Ir = 1 A;

≤ 0.5 VA at Ir = 5 A

≤ 0.5 VA for sensitive CT

Thermal overload capability IEC 60255-1

IEC 60255-27

100 Ir for 1 s

4 Ir continuous

Thermal overload capability for

sensitive CT

IEC 60255-27

DL/T 478-2001

100 A for 1 s

3 A continuous

Internal voltage transformer

Item Standard Data

Page 222: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

207

Rated voltage Vr (ph-ph) IEC 60255-1 100 V /110 V

Nominal range (ph-e) 0.4 V to 120 V

Power consumption at Vr = 110 V IEC 60255-27

DL/T 478-2001

≤ 0.1 VA per phase

Thermal overload capability

(phase-neutral voltage)

IEC 60255-27

DL/T 478-2001

2 Vr, for 10s

1.5 Vr, continuous

Page 223: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

208

4 Fast binary Input & Output module

4.1 Introduction

In this module, the fast binary inputs are used to connect with the signals and

alarms. The fast binary outputs are used for the tripping outputs and initiating

outputs for protection functions, or signaling output.

4 binary inputs and 7 binary output relays are provided in this module.

4.2 Terminals of fast binary input & output module

Page 224: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

209

01

02

03

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

04

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

DC -

Relay 7

Relay 6

Relay 5

Relay 4

Relay 3

Relay 2

Relay 1

Bin

ary

in

pu

tsB

ina

ry o

utp

uts

Figure 65 Terminals arrangement of FIO

Table 166 Definition of terminals of FIO

Terminal Definition Output

relay

01 Binary input 1

02 Binary input 2

03 Binary input 3

04 Binary input 4

05 Common terminal

for all binary inputs

Page 225: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

210

above, connect with

DC negative

terminal

06 Null

07 Trip contact 1-1 Relay 1

08 Trip contact 1-0 Relay 1

09 Trip contact 2-1 Relay 2

10 Trip contact 2-0 Relay 2

11 Trip contact 3-1 Relay 3

12 Trip contact 3-0 Relay 3

13 Trip contact 4-1 Relay 4

14 Trip contact 4-0 Relay 4

15 Trip contact 5-1 Relay 5

16 Trip contact 5-0 Relay 5

17 Trip contact 6-1 Relay 6

18 Trip contact 6-0 Relay 6

19 Trip contact 7-1 Relay 7

20 Trip contact 7-0 Relay 7

4.3 Technical data

Binary inputs

Item Standard Data

Input voltage range IEC60255-1 110/125 V

220/250 V

Threshold1: guarantee

operation

IEC60255-1 154V, for 220/250V

77V, for 110V/125V

Threshold2: uncertain operation IEC60255-1 132V, for 220/250V ;

66V, for 110V/125V

Response time/reset time IEC60255-1 Software provides de-bounce

time

Power consumption, energized IEC60255-1 Max. 0.5 W/input, 110V

Max. 1 W/input, 220V

Binary outputs

Page 226: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

211

Item Standard Data

Max. system voltage IEC60255-1 250V /~

Current carrying capacity IEC60255-1 5 A continuous,

30A,200ms ON, 15s OFF

Making capacity IEC60255-1 1100 W( ) at inductive load with

L/R>40 ms

1000 VA(AC)

Breaking capacity IEC60255-1 220V , 0.15A, at L/R≤40 ms

110V , 0.30A, at L/R≤40 ms

Mechanical endurance, Unloaded IEC60255-1 50,000,000 cycles (3 Hz switching

frequency)

Mechanical endurance, making IEC60255-1 ≥1000 cycles

Mechanical endurance, breaking IEC60255-1 ≥1000 cycles

Specification state verification IEC60255-1

IEC60255-23

IEC61810-1

UL/CSA、TŰV

Contact circuit resistance

measurement

IEC60255-1

IEC60255-23

IEC61810-1

30mΩ

Open Contact insulation test (AC

Dielectric strength)

IEC60255-1

IEC60255-27

AC1000V 1min

Maximum temperature of parts and

materials

IEC60255-1 55℃

Page 227: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

212

5 Fast binary output module

5.1 Introduction

This module is used to provide fast tripping outputs and initiating outputs for

protection functions, and signaling output.

10 binary output relays with 10 contacts in 5 groups are provided in the FOM.

5.2 Terminals of fast binary output module

Relay 5

Relay 4

Relay 3

Relay 2

Relay 1

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

01

02

03

04

05

Bin

ary

ou

tpu

ts

Figure 66 Terminals arrangement of FOM

Page 228: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

213

Table 167 Definition of terminals of FOM

Terminal Definition Output relay

01 Trip contact 1-1-1 Relay 1

02 Trip contact 1-1-0 Relay 1

03 Trip contact 1-2-1 Relay 1

04 Trip contact 1-2-0 Relay 1

05 Trip contact 2-1-1 Relay 2

06 Trip contact 2-1-0 Relay 2

07 Trip contact 2-2-1 Relay 2

08 Trip contact 2-2-0 Relay 2

09 Trip contact 3-1-1 Relay 3

10 Trip contact 3-1-0 Relay 3

11 Trip contact 3-2-1 Relay 3

12 Trip contact 3-2-0 Relay 3

13 Trip contact 4-1-1 Relay 4

14 Trip contact 4-1-0 Relay 4

15 Trip contact 4-2-1 Relay 4

16 Trip contact 4-2-0 Relay 4

17 Trip contact 5-1-1 Relay 5

18 Trip contact 5-1-0 Relay 5

19 Trip contact 5-2-1 Relay 5

20 Trip contact 5-2-0 Relay 5

Page 229: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

214

6 Binary input & output module

6.1 Introduction

In this module, the output contacts are used for controlling and signaling

outputs mainly. The binary inputs are used to connect with the input signals

and alarms. 7 binary inputs and 9 binary output relays have been provided in

this module.

6.2 Terminals of binary & output module

Page 230: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

215

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

Relay 1

Relay 2

Relay 3

Relay 4

Relay 5

Relay 6

Relay 7

Relay 8

Relay 9

01

02

03

05

04

DC -

06

07

20

21

22

Bin

ary

ou

tpu

tsB

ina

ry in

pu

ts

Figure 67 Terminals arrangement of BIOTable 168 Definition of terminals of BIO

Terminal Definition Remark

01 Contact group 1-0 Common

terminal

02 Contact group 1-1 Relay 1

Page 231: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

216

03 Contact group 1-2 Relay 2

04 Contact 2-0 Relay 3

05 Contact 2-1 Relay 3

06 Contact group 3-0 Common

terminal

07 Contact group 3-1 Relay 4

08 Contact group 3-2 Relay 5

09 Contact group 4-0 Common

terminal

10 Contact group 4-1 Relay 6

11 Contact group 4-2 Relay 7

12 Contact group 5-0 Common

terminal

13 Contact group 5-1 Relay 8

14 Contact group 5-2 Relay 9

15 Binary input 1

16 Binary input 2

17 Binary input 3

18 Binary input 4

19 Binary input 5

20 Binary input 6

21 Binary input 7

22

Common terminal

for all binary

inputs, connect

with AUX.DC

negative terminal

Page 232: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

217

7 CPU module

7.1 Introduction

The CPU module handles all protection functions and logic, hardware

self-supervision and performs communication and information exchange

between the protection system and external equipments such as HMI, PC,

monitor, control system, substation automation system, engineer station,

RTU and printer, etc. Additionally, the CPU module transmits remote

metering, remote signaling, SOE, event reports and record data. The module

also provides binary inputs, synchronization and communication ports.

The pulse, IRIG-B or SNTP mode can be applied for time synchronization.

According to requirement, up to 2 isolated electrical or optical Ethernet ports

(optical Ethernet ports optional) and 1 RS485 serial communication port can

be provided to meet the demands of different substation automation system

and RTU at the same time.

There are 7 binary input channels with DC24V in the CPU module.

7.2 Terminals of CPU module

Page 233: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

218

Eth

ern

et p

ort

sC

OM

Tim

e

Syn

ch

roB

ina

ry in

pu

ts

01

02

03

05

06

07

08

09

10

04

11

12

Figure 68 Terminals arrangement of CPU

Table 169 Definition of terminals of CPU

Terminal Definition

01 Binary input 1

02 Binary input 2

03 Binary input 3

04 Binary input 4

05 Binary input 5

06 Binary input 6

07 Binary input 7

Page 234: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

219

08 Common terminal for all

binary inputs above, connect

with DC -24V. terminal

09 Time synchronization

10 Time synchronization GND

11 RS485 port - 1B

12 RS485 port - 1A

Ethernet

Port A

Optional optical fiber or RJ45

port for station automation

system

Ethernet

Port B

Optional optical fiber or RJ45

port for station automation

system

7.3 Technical data

Front communication port

Item Data

Number 1

Connection Isolated, RS232; front panel,

9-pin subminiature connector, for software tools

Communication speed 9600 baud

Max. length of communication cable 15 m

RS485 communication port

Item Data

Number 1, only

Connection 2-wire connector

Rear port in communication module

Max. length of communication cable 1.0 km

Test voltage 500 V AC against earth

For IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

Communication speed Factory setting 9600 baud,

Min. 1200 baud, Max. 19200 baud

Page 235: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

220

Ethernet communication port

Item Data

Electrical communication port

Number 0 to 3

Connection RJ45 connector

Rear port in communication module

Max. length of communication cable 100m

For IEC 61850 protocol

Communication speed 100 Mbit/s

For IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

Communication speed 100 Mbit/s

Time synchronization

Item Data

Mode Pulse mode

IRIG-B signal format IRIG-B000

Connection 2-wire connector

Rear port in communication module

Voltage levels differential input

Page 236: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

221

8 Power supply module

8.1 Introduction

The power supply module is used to provide the correct internal voltages and

full isolation between the terminal and the battery system. The module

provides 9 binary input channels as well.

8.2 Terminals of power supply module

Page 237: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

222

01

02

03

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

04

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

DC

24V +

DC

24V -

DC+

input

DC -

Relay 1

Bin

ary

in

pu

tsD

C 2

4V

ou

tpu

tA

larm

Po

we

r in

pu

t

DC-

input

Figure 69 Terminals arrangement of PSM

Table 170 Definition of terminals of PSM

Terminal Definition

Page 238: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

223

01 Binary input 1

02 Binary input 2

03 Binary input 3

04 Binary input 4

05 Binary input 5

06 Binary input 6

07 Binary input 7

08 Binary input 8

09 Binary input 9

10

Common terminal for all

binary inputs above,

connect with AUX.DC

negative terminal

11 AUX.DC 24V+ output

12 AUX.DC 24V- output

13 Alarm contact (NC) 0

14 Alarm contact (NC) 1

15 Isolated terminal, not wired

16 AUX. power input 1, DC +

17 Isolated terminal, not wired

18 AUX. power input 2, DC -

19 Isolated terminal, not wired

20 Terminal for earthing

8.3 Technical data

Item Standard Data

Rated auxiliary voltage Uaux IEC60255-1 100 to 125V

195 to 250V

Permissible tolerance IEC60255-1 ±%20 Uaux

Power consumption at quiescent

state

IEC60255-1 ≤ 50 W per power supply module

Power consumption at maximum

load

IEC60255-1 ≤ 60 W per power supply module

Inrush Current IEC60255-1 T ≤ 5 ms/I≤ 35 A

Page 239: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

224

9 Technical data

9.1 Type tests

Insulation test

Item Standard Data

Over voltage category IEC60255-27 Category III

Pollution degree IEC60255-27 Degree 2

Insulation IEC60255-27 Basic insulation

Degree of protection (IP) IEC60255-27

IEC 60529

Front plate: IP40

Rear, side, top and bottom: IP 30

Power frequency high voltage

withstand test

IEC 60255-5

EN 60255-5

ANSI C37.90

GB/T 15145-2001

DL/T 478-2001

2KV, 50Hz

2.8kV

between the following circuits:

auxiliary power supply

CT / VT inputs

binary inputs

binary outputs

case earth

500V, 50Hz

between the following circuits:

Communication ports to case

earth

time synchronization terminals

to case earth

Impulse voltage test IEC60255-5

IEC 60255-27

EN 60255-5

ANSI C37.90

GB/T 15145-2001

DL/T 478-2001

5kV (1.2/50μs, 0.5J)

If Ui≥63V

1kV if Ui<63V

Tested between the following

circuits:

auxiliary power supply

CT / VT inputs

binary inputs

binary outputs

case earth

Note: Ui: Rated voltage

Insulation resistance IEC60255-5 ≥ 100 MΩ at 500 V

Page 240: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

225

IEC 60255-27

EN 60255-5

ANSI C37.90

GB/T 15145-2001

DL/T 478-2001

Protective bonding resistance IEC60255-27 ≤ 0.1Ω

Fire withstand/flammability IEC60255-27 Class V2

Electromagnetic compatibility tests

Item Standard Data

1 MHz burst immunity test IEC60255-22-1

IEC60255-26

IEC61000-4-18

EN 60255-22-1

ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1

Class III

2.5 kV CM ; 1 kV DM

Tested on the following circuits:

auxiliary power supply

CT / VT inputs

binary inputs

binary outputs

1 kV CM ; 0 kV DM

Tested on the following circuits:

communication ports

Electrostatic discharge IEC 60255-22-2

IEC 61000-4-2

EN 60255-22-2

Level 4

8 kV contact discharge;

15 kV air gap discharge;

both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω

Radiated electromagnetic field

disturbance test

IEC 60255-22-3

EN 60255-22-3

Frequency sweep:

80 MHz – 1 GHz; 1.4 GHz – 2.7 GHz

spot frequencies:

80 MHz; 160 MHz; 380 MHz; 450

MHz; 900 MHz; 1850 MHz; 2150

MHz

10 V/m

AM, 80%, 1 kHz

Radiated electromagnetic field

disturbance test

IEC 60255-22-3

EN 60255-22-3

Pulse-modulated

10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition rate

200 Hz, on duration 50 %

Electric fast transient/burst immunity

test

IEC 60255-22-4,

IEC 61000-4-4

EN 60255-22-4

Class A, 4KV

Tested on the following circuits:

auxiliary power supply

Page 241: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

226

ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 CT / VT inputs

binary inputs

binary outputs

Class A, 1KV

Tested on the following circuits:

communication ports

Surge immunity test IEC 60255-22-5

IEC 61000-4-5

4.0kV L-E

2.0kV L-L

Tested on the following circuits:

auxiliary power supply

CT / VT inputs

binary inputs

binary outputs

500V L-E

Tested on the following circuits:

communication ports

Conduct immunity test IEC 60255-22-6

IEC 61000-4-6

Frequency sweep: 150 kHz – 80

MHz

spot frequencies: 27 MHz and 68

MHz

10 V

AM, 80%, 1 kHz

Power frequency immunity test IEC60255-22-7 Class A

300 V CM

150 V DM

Power frequency magnetic field test IEC 61000-4-8 Level 4

30 A/m cont. / 300 A/m 1 s to 3 s

100 kHz burst immunity test IEC61000-4-18 2.5 kV CM ; 1 kV DM

Tested on the following circuits:

auxiliary power supply

CT / VT inputs

binary inputs

binary outputs

1 kV CM ; 0 kV DM

Tested on the following circuits:

communication ports

Mechanical tests

Page 242: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

227

Item Standard Data

Sinusoidal Vibration response

test

IEC60255-21-1

EN 60255-21-1

Class 1

10 Hz to 60 Hz: 0.075 mm

60 Hz to 150 Hz: 1 g

1 sweep cycle in each axis

Relay energized

Sinusoidal Vibration endurance

test

IEC60255-21-1

EN 60255-21-1

Class 1

10 Hz to 150 Hz: 1 g

20 sweep cycle in each axis

Relay non-energized

Shock response test IEC60255-21-2

EN 60255-21-2

Class 1

5 g, 11 ms duration

3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes

Relay energized

Shock withstand test IEC60255-21-2

EN 60255-21-2

Class 1

15 g, 11 ms duration

3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes

Relay non-energized

Bump test IEC60255-21-2 Class 1

10 g, 16 ms duration

1000 shocks in both directions of 3

axes

Relay non-energized

Seismic test IEC60255-21-3 Class 1

X-axis 1 Hz to 8/9 Hz: 7.5 mm

X-axis 8/9 Hz to 35 Hz :2 g

Y-axis 1 Hz to 8/9 Hz: 3.75 mm

Y-axis 8/9 Hz to 35 Hz :1 g

1 sweep cycle in each axis,

Relay energized

Environmental tests

Item Data

Recommended permanent operating temperature -10 °C to +55°C

(Legibility of display may be impaired above

+55 °C /+131 °F)

Storage and transport temperature limit -25°C to +70°C

Page 243: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 23 Hardware

228

Permissible humidity 95 % of relative humidity

9.2 IED design

Item Data

Case size 4U×1/2 19inch

Weight ≤ 5kg

9.3 CE certificate

Item Data

EMC Directive EN 61000-6-2 and EN61000-6-4 (EMC Council

Directive 2004/108/EC)

Low voltage directive EN 60255-27 (Low-voltage directive 2006/95 EC).

Page 244: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

229

Chapter 24 Appendix

About this chapter

This chapter describes the appendix.

Page 245: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

230

1 General setting list

1.1 Setting list for CSC-211 M01

Table 171 Logical linker

Description Function

Func_OC1 Disable or enable the over current stage 1

Func_OC2 Disable or enable the over current stage 2

Func_OC Inv Disable or enable the over current inverse stage

Func_EF1 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 1

Func_EF2 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 2

Func_EF Inv Disable or enable the earth fault inverse stage

Func_SEF1 Disable or enable the sensitive earth fault stage 1

Func_SEF2 Disable or enable the sensitive earth fault stage 2

Func_SEF Inv Disable or enable the sensitive earth fault inverse stage

Func_NSOC1 Disable or enable the negative sequence over current stage 1

Func_NSOC2 Disable or enable the negative sequence over current stage 2

Func_NSOC Inv Disable or enable the negative sequence over current inverse stage

Func_3V01 Disable or enable the voltage displacement stage 1

Func_3V02 Disable or enable the voltage displacement stage 2

Func_CBF Disable or enable the circuit breaker function

Func_ThermOL Disable or enable the thermal overload protection

Func_UV1 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 1

Func_UV2 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 2

Func_OV1 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 1

Func_OV2 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 2

Func_LF LS Disable or enable the low frequency load shedding function

Func_LV LS Disable or enable the low voltage load shedding function

Func_OL LS Disable or enable the overload load shedding function

Func_AR Disable or enable the auto-reclosing function

Func_MC Disable or enable the manual close function

Func_DZ Disable or enable the dead zone function

Page 246: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

231

Table 172 Setting list

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

Ctr Word 1 0000~FFFF

Ctr Word 2 0000~FFFF

Ctr Word 3 0000~FFFF

Ctr Word 4 0000~FFFF

AR INITIATION 0000~FFFF

BO1 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO2 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO3 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO6 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO7 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

I_OC1 (0.05~20.00)In A In=1A or 5A

T_OC1 0.00~60.00 S

I_OC2 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_OC2 0.00~60.00 S

U_OC_UnBlk 1.00~120.0 V Phase to phase

I_OC Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

AK_OC Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_OC Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_OC Inv 0.000~60.00 S

Angle_OC 0.00~90.00 degree

3I0_EF1 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_EF1 0.00~60.00 S

3I0_EF2 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_EF2 0.00~60.00 S

3I0_EF Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

AK_EF Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_EF Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_EF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

Angle_EF 0.00~90.00 degree

Angle_Neg 0.00~90.00 degree

I_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

3I0_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

Ratio I2/I1 0.07~0.50

Ratio I02/I01 0.07~0.50

T2h_Cross_Blk 0.00~60.00 S

I_SEF1 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

T_SEF1 0.00~60.00 S

I_SEF2 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

Page 247: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

232

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

T_SEF2 0.00~60.00 S

I_SEF Inv 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

AK_SEF Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_SEF Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_SEF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

Angle_SEF 0.00~90.00 degree

IsCOS_SEF 0.005~1.00 A

3I2_NSOC1 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_NSOC1 0.00~60.00 S

3I2_NSOC2 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_NSOC2 0.00~60.00 S

3I2_NSOC Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

AK_NSOC Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_NSOC Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_NSOC Inv 0.000~60.00 S

U_3V01 2.00~100.0 V

T_3V01 0.00~60.00 S

U_3V02 2.00~100.0 V

T_3V02 0.00~60.00 S

U_Phase low 10.00~100.0 V

U_Phase up 10.00~100.0 V

U_UV1 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

T_UV1 0.00~120.0 S

U_UV2 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

T_UV2 0.00~120.0 S

Dropout_UV 1.01~2.00

U_OV1 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

T_OV1 0.00~60.00 S

U_OV2 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

T_OV2 0.00~60.00 S

Dropout_OV 0.90~0.99

I_Therm OL 0.10~10.00 A

T_Const Therm 6.0~9999 S

Ratio_Cool 0.100~10.00

Ratio_Alarm 0.500~1.000

F_LF LS 45.00~60.00 HZ

T_LF LS 0.05~60.00 S

Page 248: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

233

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

U_LV LS 50.00~110.0 V

T_LV LS 0.10~60.00 S

I_OL LS 0.05~20.00 A

T_OL LS 0.10~60.00 S

dF/dt_LS 1.00~10.00 HZ/S

dU/dt_LS 1.00~100.0 V/S

T_3P AR1 0.05~60.00 S

T_3P AR2 0.05~60.00 S

T_3P AR3 0.05~60.00 S

T_3P AR4 0.05~60.00 S

Times_AR 1.00~4.00

T_Reclaim 0.05~60.00 S

T_AR Reset 0.05~60.00 S

T_Max. CB Open 0.05~60.00 S

T_Syn Chk 0.05~60.00 S

T_MaxSynExt 0.05~60.00 S

T_MaxSynReq 0.05~60.00 S

Phase_UL 1.00~6.00

Angle_Syn Diff 1.00~80.00 Degree

U_Syn Diff 1.00~40.00 V

Freq_Syn Diff 0.02~2.00 HZ

Umin_Syn 60.00~130.0 V

Umax_Energ 20.00~100.0 V

I_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

3I0_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

3I2_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

T_CBF1 0.00~60.00 S

T_CBF2 0.10~60.00 S

T_Dead Zone 0.00~60.00 S

U_Chk 10.00~120.0 V

I_Chk (0.00~2.00)In A

3I02_ VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

Upe_VT Fail 7.00~20.0 V

Upp_VT Fail 10.00~30.0 V

Upe_VT Normal 40.00~65.00 V

I_VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

3I0_CT Fail (0.05~2.00)In A

T_CB POS 0.10~60.00 S

T_DS POS 0.10~60.00 S

T_ES POS 0.10~60.00 S

T_CB Faulty 0.10~60.00 S

Ratio_Mea CT 0.001~7.00

Page 249: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

234

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

Ratio_VT 0.01~2.00

Table 173 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 1”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Dir Off OC1 Dir On

1 OC1 V_Blk Off C1_V Blk On

2 OC1 2H_Blk Off C1 2H_Blk On

3 OC2 Dir Off OC2 Dir On

4 OC2 V_Blk Off C2 V_Blk On

5 OC2 2H_Blk Off C2 2H_Blk On

6 OC Inv Dir Off OC Inv Dir On

7 OCInv 2H_Blk Off OCInv 2H_Blk On

8 EF1 Dir Off EF1 Dir On

9 EF1 2H_Blk Off EF1 2H_Blk On

10 EF2 Dir Off EF2 Dir On

11 EF2 2H_Blk Off EF2 2H_Blk On

12 EF Inv Dir Off EF Inv Dir On

13 EFInv 2H_Blk Off EFInv 2H_Blk On

14 EF Chk I2/I1 EF Chk I02/I01

15 EF U2/I2 Dir Off EF U2/I2 Dir On

Table 174 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 2”

Bit “0” “1”

0 SOTF Off SOTF On

1 SEF1 Dir Off SEF1 Dir On

2 SEF2 Dir Off SEF2 Dir On

3 SEF Inv Dir Off SEF Inv Dir On

4 SEF Chk Iscos SEF Chk U0/I0

5 Therm Alarm Off Therm Alarm On

6 Hot Curve Cold Curve

7 3I0 Measured 3I0 Calculated

8 3U0 Measured 3U0 Calculated

9 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect

10 Isolate/Resist Solid earthed

11 Blk EF_CT Fail UnBlk EF_CT Fail

12 Not used Not used

13 CT Fail Off CT Fail On

14 UnBlk Fun_VTFail Blk Fun_VTFail

15 VT Fail Off VT Fail On

Page 250: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

235

Table 175 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 3”

Bit “0” “1”

0 UV Chk CB Off UV Chk CB On

1 UV Chk All Phase UV Chk One Phase

2 UV PP UV PE

3 OV PP OV PE

4 dF(dU)/dt Off dF(dU)/dt On

5 OL LS Chk V Off OL LS Chk V On

6 CBF Chk I0/2 Off CBF Chk I0/2 On

7 CBF Chk CB Off CBF Chk CB On

8 Selection of AR check mode

9

10

11 Selection of MC check mode

12

13

14 Interlock Off Interlock On

15 NR SetGrp Switch BI SetGrp Switch

Table 176 Selection of AR check mode

Bit10 Bit9 Bit8 Mode

0 0 0 AR_Override

0 0 1 AR_Syn check

0 1 0 AR_EnergChkDLLB

0 1 1 AR_EnergChkLLDB

1 0 0 AR_EnergChkDLDB

1 0 1 Not used

1 1 0 Not used

1 1 1 Not used

Table 177 Selection of MC check mode

Bit13 Bit12 Bit11 Mode

0 0 0 MC_Override

0 0 1 MC _Syn check

0 1 0 MC _EnergChkDLLB

0 1 1 MC _EnergChkLLDB

1 0 0 MC _EnergChkDLDB

1 0 1 Not used

1 1 0 Not used

Page 251: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

236

Bit13 Bit12 Bit11 Mode

1 1 1 Not used

Table 178 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 4”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Alarm OC1 Trip

1 OC Inv Alarm OC Inv Trip

2 EF1 Alarm EF1 Trip

3 EF Inv Alarm EF Inv Trip

4 SEF1 Alarm SEF1 Trip

5 SEF2 Alarm SEF2 Trip

6 SEF Inv Alarm SEF Inv Trip

7 NSOC1 Alarm NSOC1 Trip

8 NSOC Inv Alarm NSOC Inv Trip

9 3V01 Alarm 3V01 Trip

10 3V02 Alarm 3V02 Trip

11 UV1 Alarm UV1 Trip

12 OV1 Alarm OV1 Trip

13 CB Faulty Off CB Faulty On

14 DS Faulty Off DS Faulty On

15 ES Faulty Off ES Faulty On

Table 179 Definition of control word “AR INITIATION”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Init AR Off

1 OC2 Init AR Off

2 OC Inv Init AR Off

3 EF1 Init AR Off

4 EF2 Init AR Off

5 EF Inv Init AR Off

6 SEF1 Init AR Off

7 SEF2 Init AR Off

8 SEF Inv Init AR Off

9 NSOC1 Init AR Off

10 NSOC2 Init AR Off

11 NSOC Inv Init AR

12~14 Not used Not used

15 3P Fault Init AR 3P Fault Blk AR

Table 180 Definition of control word “BO1 Ctr Word”

Page 252: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

237

Bit “0” “1”

0 Off OC1&2 Trip

1 Off OC Inv Trip

2 Off EF1&2 Trip

3 Off EF Inv Trip

4 Off SEF1&2 Trip

5 Off SEF Inv Trip

6 Off 3V0 Trip

7 Off NSOC1&2 Trip

8 Off NSOC Inv Trip

9 Off Therm OL Trip

10 Off Load SHED

11 Off OV1 Trip

12 Off OV2 Trip

13 Off UV1 Trip

14 Off UV2 Trip

Note: “BO2 Ctr Word”, “BO3 Ctr Word”, “BO6 Ctr Word” , “BO7 Ctr Word” are

defined the same as “BO1 Ctr Word”. Different outputs can be distributed to

different protections. Once a protection is designated to drive BO1, it will

initiate CBF function.

1.2 Setting list for CSC-211 M02

Table7-2 Soft connector

Description Function

Func_OC1 Disable or enable the over current stage 1

Func_OC2 Disable or enable the over current stage 2

Func_OC Inv Disable or enable the over current inverse stage

Func_EF1 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 1

Func_EF2 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 2

Func_EF Inv Disable or enable the earth fault inverse stage

Func_SEF1 Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault stage 1

Func_SEF2 Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault stage 2

Func_SEF Inv Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault inverse stage

Func_NSOC1 Disable or enable the negative sequence over current stage 1

Page 253: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

238

Description Function

Func_NSOC2 Disable or enable the negative sequence over current stage 2

Func_NSOC Inv Disable or enable the negative sequence over current inverse stage

Func_3V01 Disable or enable the voltage displacement stage 1

Func_3V02 Disable or enable the voltage displacement stage 2

Func_CBF Disable or enable the circuit breaker function

Func_ThermOL Disable or enable the thermal overload protection

Func_UV1 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 1

Func_UV2 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 2

Func_OV1 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 1

Func_OV2 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 2

Func_MC Disable or enable the manual close funciton

Func_DZ Disable or enable the dead zone funciton

Table7-3 Setting list

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

1 Ctr Word 1 0000~FFFF

2 Ctr Word 2 0000~FFFF

3 Ctr Word 3 0000~FFFF

4 Ctr Word 4 0000~FFFF

5 BO1 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

6 BO2 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

7 BO3 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

8 BO6 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

9 BO7 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

10 BO9 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

11 I_OC1 (0.05~20.00)In A In=1A or 5A

12 T_OC1 0.00~60.00 S

13 I_OC2 (0.05~20.00)In A

14 T_OC2 0.00~60.00 S

15 U_OC_UnBlk 1.00~120.0 V Phase to phase

16 Curve_OC Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

17 I_OC Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

18 K_OC Inv 0.05~999.0

19 A_OC Inv 0.005~200.0 S

20 B_OC Inv 0.000~60.00 S

21 P_OC Inv 0.005~10.00

22 Angle_OC 0.00~90.00 degree

23 3I0_EF1 (0.05~20.00)In A

Page 254: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

239

24 T_EF1 0.00~60.00 S

25 3I0_EF2 (0.05~20.00)In A

26 T_EF2 0.00~60.00 S

27 Curve_EF Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

28 3I0_EF Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

29 K_EF Inv 0.05~999.0

30 A_EF Inv 0.005~200.0 S

31 B_EF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

32 P_EF Inv 0.005~10.00

33 Angle_EF 0.00~90.00 degree

34 Angle_Neg 0.00~90.00 degree

35 I_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

36 3I0_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

37 Ratio I2/I1 0.07~0.50

38 Ratio I02/I01 0.07~0.50

39 T2h_Cross_Blk 0.00~60.00 S

40 I_SEF1 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

41 T_SEF1 0.00~60.00 S

42 I_SEF2 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

43 T_SEF2 0.00~60.00 S

44 Curve_SEF Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

45 I_SEF Inv 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

46 K_SEF Inv 0.05~999.0

47 A_SEF Inv 0.005~200.0 S

48 B_SEF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

49 P_SEF Inv 0.005~10.00

50 Angle_SEF 0.00~90.00 degree

51 IsCOS_SEF 0.005~1.00 A

52 U_3V0_SEF 2.00~100.0 V

53 3I2_NSOC1 (0.05~20.00)In A

54 T_NSOC1 0.00~60.00 S

55 3I2_NSOC2 (0.05~20.00)In A

56 T_NSOC2 0.00~60.00 S

57 Curve_NSOC Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

58 3I2_NSOC Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

59 K_NSOC Inv 0.05~999.0

60 A_ NSOC Inv 0.005~200.0 S

61 B_ NSOC Inv 0.000~60.00 S

62 P_ NSOC Inv 0.005~10.00

63 U_3V01 2.00~100.0 V

Page 255: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

240

64 T_3V01 0.00~60.00 S

65 U_3V02 2.00~100.0 V

66 T_3V02 0.00~60.00 S

67 U_Phase low 10.00~100.0 V

68 U_Phase up 10.00~100.0 V

69 U_UV1 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

70 T_UV1 0.00~120.0 S

71 U_UV2 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

72 T_UV2 0.00~120.0 S

73 Dropout_UV 1.01~2.00

74 U_OV1 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

75 T_OV1 0.00~60.00 S

76 U_OV2 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

77 T_OV2 0.00~60.00 S

78 Dropout_OV 0.90~0.99

79 I_Therm OL 0.10~10.00 A

80 T_Const Therm 6.0~9999 S

81 Ratio_Cool 0.100~10.00

82 Ratio_Alarm 0.500~1.000

83 T_AR Reset 0.05~60.00 S

84 T_Syn Chk 0.05~60.00 S

85 T_MaxSynExt 0.05~60.00 S

86 T_MaxSynReq 0.05~60.00 S

87 Phase_UL 1.00~6.00

88 Angle_Syn Diff 1.00~80.00 Degree

89 U_Syn Diff 1.00~40.00 V

90 Freq_Syn Diff 0.02~2.00 HZ

91 Umin_Syn 30.00~65.0(PE)

60~130.0(PP)

V

92 Umax_Energ 10~50(PE)

20.00~100.0(PP)

V

93 I_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

94 3I0_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

95 3I2_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

96 T_CBF1 0.00~60.00 S

97 T_CBF2 0.10~60.00 S

98 T_Dead Zone 0.00~60.00 S

99 U_Chk 10.00~120.0 V

100 I_Chk (0.00~2.00)In A

Page 256: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

241

101 3I02_ VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

102 Upe_VT Fail 7.00~20.0 V

103 Upp_VT Fail 10.00~30.0 V

104 Upe_VT Normal 40.00~65.00 V

105 I_VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

106 3I0_CT Fail (0.05~2.00)In A

107 T_CB POS 0.10~60.00 S

108 T_DS POS 0.10~60.00 S

109 T_ES POS 0.10~60.00 S

110 T_CB Faulty 0.10~60.00 S

111 Ratio_Mea CT 0.001~7.00

112 Ratio_VT 0.01~2.00

Table7-4 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 1”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Dir Off OC1 Dir On

1 OC1 V_Blk Off C1_V Blk On

2 OC1 2H_Blk Off C1 2H_Blk On

3 OC2 Dir Off OC2 Dir On

4 OC2 V_Blk Off C2 V_Blk On

5 OC2 2H_Blk Off C2 2H_Blk On

6 OC Inv Dir Off OC Inv Dir On

7 OCInv 2H_Blk Off OCInv 2H_Blk On

8 EF1 Dir Off EF1 Dir On

9 EF1 2H_Blk Off EF1 2H_Blk On

10 EF2 Dir Off EF2 Dir On

11 EF2 2H_Blk Off EF2 2H_Blk On

12 EF Inv Dir Off EF Inv Dir On

13 EFInv 2H_Blk Off EFInv 2H_Blk On

14 EF Chk I2/I1 EF Chk I02/I01

15 EF U2/I2 Dir Off EF U2/I2 Dir On

Table7-5 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 2”

Bit “0” “1”

0 SOTF Off SOTF On

1 SEF1 Dir Off SEF1 Dir On

2 SEF2 Dir Off SEF2 Dir On

3 SEF Inv Dir Off SEF Inv Dir On

4 SEF Chk Iscos SEF Chk U0/I0

5 Therm Alarm Off Therm Alarm On

Page 257: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

242

Bit “0” “1”

6 Hot Curve Cold Curve

7 3I0 Measured 3I0 Calculated

8 3U0 Measured 3U0 Calculated

9 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect

10 Isolate/Resist Solid earthed

11 Blk EF_CT Fail UnBlk EF_CT Fail

12 Not used Not used

13 CT Fail Off CT Fail On

14 UnBlk Fun_VTFail Blk Fun_VTFail

15 VT Fail Off VT Fail On

Table7-11 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 3”

Bit “0” “1”

0 UV Chk CB Off UV Chk CB On

1 UV Chk All Phase UV Chk One Phase

2 UV PP UV PE

3 OV PP OV PE

4 Not used Not used

5 Not used Not used

6 CBF Chk I0/2 Off CBF Chk I0/2 On

7 CBF Chk CB Off CBF Chk CB On

8 Not used Not used

9 Not used Not used

10 Not used Not used

11

Selection of MC check mode 12

13

14 Interlock Off Interlock On

15 NR SetGrp Switch BI SetGrp Switch

Table7-10 Selection of MC check mode

Bit13 Bit12 Bit11 Mode

0 0 0 MC_Override

0 0 1 MC _Syn check

0 1 0 MC _EnergChkDLLB

0 1 1 MC _EnergChkLLDB

1 0 0 MC _EnergChkDLDB

1 0 1 Not used

1 1 0 Not used

Page 258: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

243

1 1 1 Not used

Table7-12 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 4”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Alarm OC1 Trip

1 OC Inv Alarm OC Inv Trip

2 EF1 Alarm EF1 Trip

3 EF Inv Alarm EF Inv Trip

4 SEF1 Alarm SEF1 Trip

5 SEF2 Alarm SEF2 Trip

6 SEF Inv Alarm SEF Inv Trip

7 NSOC1 Alarm NSOC1 Trip

8 NSOC Inv Alarm NSOC Inv Trip

9 3V01 Alarm 3V01 Trip

10 3V02 Alarm 3V02 Trip

11 UV1 Alarm UV1 Trip

12 OV1 Alarm OV1 Trip

13 CB Faulty Off CB Faulty On

14 DS Faulty Off DS Faulty On

15 ES Faulty Off ES Faulty On

Table7-14 Definition of control word “BO1 Ctr Word”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Off OC1&2 Trip

1 Off OC Inv Trip

2 Off EF1&2 Trip

3 Off EF Inv Trip

4 Off SEF1&2 Trip

5 Off SEF Inv Trip

6 Off 3V0 Trip

7 Off NSOC1&2 Trip

8 Off NSOC Inv Trip

9 Off Therm OL Trip

10 Not used Not used

11 Off OV1 Trip

12 Off OV2 Trip

13 Off UV1 Trip

14 Off UV2 Trip

Note: “BO2 Ctr Word”, “BO3 Ctr Word”, “BO6 Ctr Word” , “BO7 Ctr Word” are defined the same as

Page 259: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

244

“BO1 Ctr Word”. Different outputs can be distributed to different protections. Once a protection is

designated to drive BO1, it will initiate CBF function.

1.3 Setting list for CSC-211 M03

Table7-2 Soft connector

Description Function

Func_OC1 Disable or enable the over current stage 1

Func_OC2 Disable or enable the over current stage 2

Func_OC Inv Disable or enable the over current inverse stage

Func_EF1 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 1

Func_EF2 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 2

Func_EF Inv Disable or enable the earth fault inverse stage

Func_SEF1 Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault stage 1

Func_SEF2 Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault stage 2

Func_SEF Inv Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault inverse stage

Func_CBF Disable or enable the circuit breaker function

Func_UV1 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 1

Func_UV2 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 2

Func_OV1 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 1

Func_OV2 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 2

Func_LF LS Disable or enable the low frequency load shedding function

Func_LV LS Disable or enable the low voltage load shedding function

Func_OL LS Disable or enable the over load load shedding function

Func_AR Disable or enable the auto reclosure funciton

Func_MC Disable or enable the manual close funciton

Func_DZ Disable or enable the dead zone funciton

Table7-3 Setting list

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

1 Ctr Word 1 0000~FFFF

2 Ctr Word 2 0000~FFFF

3 Ctr Word 3 0000~FFFF

4 Ctr Word 4 0000~FFFF

Page 260: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

245

5 AR INITIATION 0000~FFFF

6 BO1 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

7 BO2 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

8 BO3 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

9 BO6 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

10 BO7 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

11 I_OC1 (0.05~20.00)In A In=1A or 5A

12 T_OC1 0.00~60.00 S

13 I_OC2 (0.05~20.00)In A

14 T_OC2 0.00~60.00 S

15 U_OC_UnBlk 1.00~120.0 V Phase to phase

16 Curve_OC Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

17 I_OC Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

18 K_OC Inv 0.05~999.0

19 A_OC Inv 0.005~200.0 S

20 B_OC Inv 0.000~60.00 S

21 P_OC Inv 0.005~10.00

22 Angle_OC 0.00~90.00 degree

23 3I0_EF1 (0.05~20.00)In A

24 T_EF1 0.00~60.00 S

25 3I0_EF2 (0.05~20.00)In A

26 T_EF2 0.00~60.00 S

27 Curve_EF Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

28 3I0_EF Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

29 K_EF Inv 0.05~999.0

30 A_EF Inv 0.005~200.0 S

31 B_EF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

32 P_EF Inv 0.005~10.00

33 Angle_EF 0.00~90.00 degree

34 Angle_Neg 0.00~90.00 degree

35 I_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

36 3I0_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

37 Ratio I2/I1 0.07~0.50

38 Ratio I02/I01 0.07~0.50

39 T2h_Cross_Blk 0.00~60.00 S

40 I_SEF1 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

41 T_SEF1 0.00~60.00 S

42 I_SEF2 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

43 T_SEF2 0.00~60.00 S

44 Curve_SEF Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

45 I_SEF Inv 0.005~1.00(SEF) A

Page 261: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

246

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

46 K_SEF Inv 0.05~999.0

47 A_SEF Inv 0.005~200.0 S

48 B_SEF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

49 P_SEF Inv 0.005~10.00

50 Angle_SEF 0.00~90.00 degree

51 IsCOS_SEF 0.005~1.00 A

52 U_3V0_SEF 2.00~100.0 V

53 U_UV1 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

54 T_UV1 0.00~120.0 S

55 U_UV2 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

56 T_UV2 0.00~120.0 S

57 Dropout_UV 1.01~2.00

58 U_OV1 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

59 T_OV1 0.00~60.00 S

60 U_OV2 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

61 T_OV2 0.00~60.00 S

62 Dropout_OV 0.90~0.99

63 F_LF LS 45.00~60.00 HZ

64 T_LF LS 0.05~60.00 S

65 U_LV LS 50.00~110.0 V

66 T_LV LS 0.10~60.00 S

67 I_OL LS 0.05~20.00 A

68 T_OL LS 0.10~60.00 S

69 dF/dt_LS 1.00~10.00 HZ/S

70 dU/dt_LS 1.00~100.0 V/S

71 T_3P AR1 0.05~60.00 S

72 T_3P AR2 0.05~60.00 S

73 T_3P AR3 0.05~60.00 S

74 T_3P AR4 0.05~60.00 S

75 Times_AR 1.00~4.00

76 T_Reclaim 0.05~60.00 S

77 T_AR Reset 0.05~60.00 S

78 T_Max. CB Open 0.05~60.00 S

79 T_Syn Chk 0.05~60.00 S

80 T_MaxSynExt 0.05~60.00 S

81 T_MaxSynReq 0.05~60.00 S

82 Phase_UL 1.00~6.00

83 Angle_Syn Diff 1.00~80.00 Degree

Page 262: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

247

84 U_Syn Diff 1.00~40.00 V

85 Freq_Syn Diff 0.02~2.00 HZ

86 Umin_Syn 30.00~65.0(PE)

60~130.0(PP)

V

87 Umax_Energ 10~50(PE)

20.00~100.0(PP)

V

88 I_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

89 3I0_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

90 3I2_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

91 T_CBF1 0.00~60.00 S

92 T_CBF2 0.10~60.00 S

93 T_Dead Zone 0.00~60.00 S

94 U_Chk 10.00~120.0 V

95 I_Chk (0.00~2.00)In A

96 3I02_ VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

97 Upe_VT Fail 7.00~20.0 V

98 Upp_VT Fail 10.00~30.0 V

99 Upe_VT Normal 40.00~65.00 V

100 I_VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

101 3I0_CT Fail (0.05~2.00)In A

102 T_CB POS 0.10~60.00 S

103 T_DS POS 0.10~60.00 S

104 T_ES POS 0.10~60.00 S

105 T_CB Faulty 0.10~60.00 S

106 Ratio_Mea CT 0.001~7.00

107 Ratio_VT 0.01~2.00

Table7-4 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 1”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Dir Off OC1 Dir On

1 OC1 V_Blk Off C1_V Blk On

2 OC1 2H_Blk Off C1 2H_Blk On

3 OC2 Dir Off OC2 Dir On

4 OC2 V_Blk Off C2 V_Blk On

5 OC2 2H_Blk Off C2 2H_Blk On

6 OC Inv Dir Off OC Inv Dir On

7 OCInv 2H_Blk Off OCInv 2H_Blk On

8 EF1 Dir Off EF1 Dir On

9 EF1 2H_Blk Off EF1 2H_Blk On

10 EF2 Dir Off EF2 Dir On

11 EF2 2H_Blk Off EF2 2H_Blk On

12 EF Inv Dir Off EF Inv Dir On

Page 263: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

248

13 EFInv 2H_Blk Off EFInv 2H_Blk On

14 EF Chk I2/I1 EF Chk I02/I01

15 EF U2/I2 Dir Off EF U2/I2 Dir On

Table7-5 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 2”

Bit “0” “1”

0 SOTF Off SOTF On

1 SEF1 Dir Off SEF1 Dir On

2 SEF2 Dir Off SEF2 Dir On

3 SEF Inv Dir Off SEF Inv Dir On

4 SEF Chk Iscos SEF Chk U0/I0

5 Not used Not used

6 Not used Not used

7 3I0 Measured 3I0 Calculated

8 3U0 Measured 3U0 Calculated

9 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect

10 Isolate/Resist Solid earthed

11 Blk EF_CT Fail UnBlk EF_CT Fail

12 Not used Not used

13 CT Fail Off CT Fail On

14 UnBlk Fun_VTFail Blk Fun_VTFail

15 VT Fail Off VT Fail On

Table7-11 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 3”

Bit “0” “1”

0 UV Chk CB Off UV Chk CB On

1 UV Chk All Phase UV Chk One Phase

2 UV PP UV PE

3 OV PP OV PE

4 dF(dU)/dt Off dF(dU)/dt On

5 OL LS Chk V Off OL LS Chk V On

6 CBF Chk I0/2 Off CBF Chk I0/2 On

7 CBF Chk CB Off CBF Chk CB On

8 Selection of AR check mode

9

10

11 Selection of MC check mode

12

13

Page 264: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

249

14 Interlock Off Interlock On

15 NR SetGrp Switch BI SetGrp Switch

Table7-6 Selection of AR check mode

Bit10 Bit9 Bit8 Mode

0 0 0 AR_Override

0 0 1 AR_Syn check

0 1 0 AR_EnergChkDLLB

0 1 1 AR_EnergChkLLDB

1 0 0 AR_EnergChkDLDB

1 0 1 Not used

1 1 0 Not used

1 1 1 Not used

Table7-10 Selection of MC check mode

Bit13 Bit12 Bit11 Mode

0 0 0 MC_Override

0 0 1 MC _Syn check

0 1 0 MC _EnergChkDLLB

0 1 1 MC _EnergChkLLDB

1 0 0 MC _EnergChkDLDB

1 0 1 Not used

1 1 0 Not used

1 1 1 Not used

Table7-12 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 4”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Alarm OC1 Trip

1 OC Inv Alarm OC Inv Trip

2 EF1 Alarm EF1 Trip

3 EF Inv Alarm EF Inv Trip

4 SEF1 Alarm SEF1 Trip

5 SEF2 Alarm SEF2 Trip

6 SEF Inv Alarm SEF Inv Trip

7 Not used Not used

8 Not used Not used

9 Not used Not used

10 Not used Not used

11 UV1 Alarm UV1 Trip

12 OV1 Alarm OV1 Trip

Page 265: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

250

13 CB Faulty Off CB Faulty On

14 DS Faulty Off DS Faulty On

15 ES Faulty Off ES Faulty On

Table7-13 Definition of control word “AR INITIATION”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Init AR Off

1 OC2 Init AR Off

2 OC Inv Init AR Off

3 EF1 Init AR Off

4 EF2 Init AR Off

5 EF Inv Init AR Off

6 SEF1 Init AR Off

7 SEF2 Init AR Off

8 SEF Inv Init AR Off

9 Not used Not used

10 Not used Not used

11 Not used Not used

12~14 Not used Not used

15 3P Fault Init AR 3P Fault Blk AR

Table7-14 Definition of control word “BO1 Ctr Word”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Off OC1&2 Trip

1 Off OC Inv Trip

2 Off EF1&2 Trip

3 Off EF Inv Trip

4 Off SEF1&2 Trip

5 Off SEF Inv Trip

6~9 Not used Not used

10 Off Load SHED

11 Off OV1 Trip

12 Off OV2 Trip

13 Off UV1 Trip

14 Off UV2 Trip

Note: “BO2 Ctr Word”, “BO3 Ctr Word”, “BO6 Ctr Word” , “BO7 Ctr Word” are defined the same as

“BO1 Ctr Word”. Different outputs can be distributed to different protections. Once a protection is

designated to drive BO1, it will initiate CBF function.

1.4 Setting list for CSC-211 M05

Page 266: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

251

Table7-2 Soft connector

Description Function

Func_OC1 Disable or enable the over current stage 1

Func_OC2 Disable or enable the over current stage 2

Func_OC Inv Disable or enable the over current inverse stage

Func_EF1 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 1

Func_EF2 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 2

Func_EF Inv Disable or enable the earth fault inverse stage

Func_SEF1 Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault stage 1

Func_SEF2 Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault stage 2

Func_SEF Inv Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault inverse stage

Func_LF LS Disable or enable the low frequency load shedding function

Func_LV LS Disable or enable the low voltage load shedding function

Func_OL LS Disable or enable the over load load shedding function

Func_AR Disable or enable the auto reclosure funciton

Table7-3 Setting list

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

108 Ctr Word 1 0000~FFFF

109 Ctr Word 2 0000~FFFF

110 Ctr Word 3 0000~FFFF

111 Ctr Word 4 0000~FFFF

112 AR INITIATION 0000~FFFF

113 BO1 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

114 BO2 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

115 BO3 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

116 BO4 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

117 BO5 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

118 BO6 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

119 BO7 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

120 BO8 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

121 I_OC1 (0.05~20.00)In A In=1A or 5A

122 T_OC1 0.00~60.00 S

123 I_OC2 (0.05~20.00)In A

124 T_OC2 0.00~60.00 S

125 Curve_OC Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

126 I_OC Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

127 K_OC Inv 0.05~999.0

Page 267: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

252

128 A_OC Inv 0.005~200.0 S

129 B_OC Inv 0.000~60.00 S

130 P_OC Inv 0.005~10.00

131 3I0_EF1 (0.05~20.00)In A

132 T_EF1 0.00~60.00 S

133 3I0_EF2 (0.05~20.00)In A

134 T_EF2 0.00~60.00 S

135 Curve_EF Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

136 3I0_EF Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

137 K_EF Inv 0.05~999.0

138 A_EF Inv 0.005~200.0 S

139 B_EF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

140 P_EF Inv 0.005~10.00

141 I_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

142 3I0_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

143 Ratio I2/I1 0.07~0.50

144 Ratio I02/I01 0.07~0.50

145 T2h_Cross_Blk 0.00~60.00 S

146 I_SEF1 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

147 T_SEF1 0.00~60.00 S

148 I_SEF2 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

149 T_SEF2 0.00~60.00 S

150 Curve_SEF Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

151 I_SEF Inv 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

152 K_SEF Inv 0.05~999.0

153 A_SEF Inv 0.005~200.0 S

154 B_SEF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

155 P_SEF Inv 0.005~10.00

156 F_LF LS 45.00~60.00 HZ

157 T_LF LS 0.05~60.00 S

158 U_LV LS 50.00~110.0 V

159 T_LV LS 0.10~60.00 S

160 I_OL LS 0.05~20.00 A

161 T_OL LS 0.10~60.00 S

162 dF/dt_LS 1.00~10.00 HZ/S

163 dU/dt_LS 1.00~100.0 V/S

164 T_3P AR1 0.05~60.00 S

165 T_3P AR2 0.05~60.00 S

166 T_3P AR3 0.05~60.00 S

167 T_3P AR4 0.05~60.00 S

Page 268: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

253

168 Times_AR 1.00~4.00

169 T_Reclaim 0.05~60.00 S

170 T_AR Reset 0.05~60.00 S

171 T_Max. CB Open 0.05~60.00 S

172 U_Chk 10.00~120.0 V

173 I_Chk (0.00~2.00)In A

174 3I02_ VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

175 Upe_VT Fail 7.00~20.0 V

176 Upp_VT Fail 10.00~30.0 V

177 Upe_VT Normal 40.00~65.00 V

178 I_VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

179 3I0_CT Fail (0.05~2.00)In A

180 T_CB POS 0.10~60.00 S

181 T_DS POS 0.10~60.00 S

182 T_ES POS 0.10~60.00 S

183 T_CB Faulty 0.10~60.00 S

184 Ratio_Mea CT 0.001~7.00

185 Ratio_VT 0.01~2.00

Table7-4 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 1”

Bit “0” “1”

2 OC1 2H_Blk Off C1 2H_Blk On

5 OC2 2H_Blk Off C2 2H_Blk On

7 OCInv 2H_Blk Off OCInv 2H_Blk On

9 EF1 2H_Blk Off EF1 2H_Blk On

11 EF2 2H_Blk Off EF2 2H_Blk On

13 EFInv 2H_Blk Off EFInv 2H_Blk On

14 EF Chk I2/I1 EF Chk I02/I01

Table7-5 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 2”

Bit “0” “1”

0 SOTF Off SOTF On

1 Not used Not used

2 Not used Not used

3 Not used Not used

4 Not used Not used

5 Not used Not used

6 Not used Not used

7 3I0 Measured 3I0 Calculated

8 Not used Not used

Page 269: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

254

Bit “0” “1”

9 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect

10 Isolate/Resist Solid earthed

11 Blk EF_CT Fail UnBlk EF_CT Fail

12 Not used Not used

13 CT Fail Off CT Fail On

14 Not used Not used

15 VT Fail Off VT Fail On

Table7-11 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 3”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Not used Not used

1 Not used Not used

2 Not used Not used

3 Not used Not used

4 dF(dU)/dt Off dF(dU)/dt On

5 OL LS Chk V Off OL LS Chk V On

6 Not used Not used

7 Not used Not used

14 Interlock Off Interlock On

15 NR SetGrp Switch BI SetGrp Switch

Table7-12 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 4”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Alarm OC1 Trip

1 OC Inv Alarm OC Inv Trip

2 EF1 Alarm EF1 Trip

3 EF Inv Alarm EF Inv Trip

4 SEF1 Alarm SEF1 Trip

5 SEF2 Alarm SEF2 Trip

6 SEF Inv Alarm SEF Inv Trip

7 Not used Not used

8 Not used Not used

9 Not used Not used

10 Not used Not used

11 Not used Not used

12 Not used Not used

13 CB Faulty Off CB Faulty On

14 DS Faulty Off DS Faulty On

15 ES Faulty Off ES Faulty On

Page 270: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

255

Table7-13 Definition of control word “AR INITIATION”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Init AR Off

1 OC2 Init AR Off

2 OC Inv Init AR Off

3 EF1 Init AR Off

4 EF2 Init AR Off

5 EF Inv Init AR Off

6 SEF1 Init AR Off

7 SEF2 Init AR Off

8 SEF Inv Init AR Off

9 Not used Not used

10 Not used Not used

11 Not used Not used

12~14 Not used Not used

15 3P Fault Init AR 3P Fault Blk AR

Table7-14 Definition of control word “BO1 Ctr Word”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Off OC1&2 Trip

1 Off OC Inv Trip

2 Off EF1&2 Trip

3 Off EF Inv Trip

4 Off SEF1&2 Trip

5 Off SEF Inv Trip

6 Not used Not used

10 Off Load SHED

11 Not used Not used

12 Not used Not used

13 Not used Not used

14 Not used Not used

Note: “BO2 Ctr Word”, “BO3 Ctr Word”, “BO4 Ctr Word”, “BO5 Ctr Word”, “BO6 Ctr Word” , “BO7 Ctr

Word” ,“BO8 Ctr Word”are defined the same as “BO1 Ctr Word”. Different outputs can be distributed

to different protections. Once a protection is designated to drive BO1, it will initiate CBF function.

1.5 Setting list for CSC-211 M6

Table 181 logical linker

Page 271: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

256

Description Function

Func_OC1 Disable or enable the over current stage 1

Func_OC2 Disable or enable the over current stage 2

Func_OC Inv Disable or enable the over current inverse stage

Func_EF1 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 1

Func_EF2 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 2

Func_EF Inv Disable or enable the earth fault inverse stage

Func_SEF1 Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault stage 1

Func_SEF2 Disable or enable the sensitive earth fault stage 2

Func_SEF Inv Disable or enable the sensitive earth fault inverse stage

Table 182 Setting list

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

Ctr Word 1 0000~FFFF

Ctr Word 2 0000~FFFF

Ctr Word 3 0000~FFFF

Ctr Word 4 0000~FFFF

BO6 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO7 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO8 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF A

BO9 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF S

I_OC1 (0.05~20.00)In A In=1A or 5A

T_OC1 0.00~60.00 S

I_OC2 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_OC2 0.00~60.00 S

I_OC Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

AK_OC Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_OC Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_OC Inv 0.000~60.00 S

3I0_EF1 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_EF1 0.00~60.00 S

3I0_EF2 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_EF2 0.00~60.00 S

3I0_EF Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

AK_EF Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_EF Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_EF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

I_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

3I0_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

Page 272: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

257

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

Ratio I2/I1 0.07~0.50

Ratio I02/I01 0.07~0.50

T2h_Cross_Blk 0.00~60.00 S

I_SEF1 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

T_SEF1 0.00~60.00 S

I_SEF2 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

T_SEF2 0.00~60.00 S

I_SEF Inv 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

AK_SEF Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_SEF Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_SEF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

3I0_CT Fail (0.05~2.00)In A

T_CB POS 0.10~60.00 S

T_DS POS 0.10~60.00 S

T_ES POS 0.10~60.00 S

Ratio_Mea CT 0.001~7.00

Ratio_VT 0.01~2.00

Table 183 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 1”

Bit “0” “1”

0~1 Not used Not used

2 OC1 2H_Blk Off C1 2H_Blk On

3~4 Not used Not used

5 OC2 2H_Blk Off C2 2H_Blk On

6 Not used Not used

7 OCInv 2H_Blk Off OCInv 2H_Blk On

8 Not used Not used

9 EF1 2H_Blk Off EF1 2H_Blk On

10 Not used Not used

11 EF2 2H_Blk Off EF2 2H_Blk On

12 Not used Not used

13 EFInv 2H_Blk Off EFInv 2H_Blk On

14 EF Chk I2/I1 EF Chk I02/I01

15 Not used Not used

Table 184 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 2”

Page 273: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

258

Bit “0” “1”

0 SOTF Off SOTF On

1~6 Not used Not used

7 3I0 Measured 3I0 Calculated

8~10 Not used Not used

11 Blk EF_CT Fail UnBlk EF_CT Fail

12 Not used Not used

13 CT Fail Off CT Fail On

14~15 Not used Not used

Table 185 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 3”

Bit “0” “1”

0~13 Not used Not used

14 Interlock Off Interlock On

15 NR SetGrp Switch BI SetGrp Switch

Table 186 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 4”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Alarm OC1 Trip

1 OC Inv Alarm OC Inv Trip

2 EF1 Alarm EF1 Trip

3 EF Inv Alarm EF Inv Trip

4 SEF1 Alarm SEF1 Trip

5 SEF2 Alarm SEF2 Trip

6 SEF Inv Alarm SEF Inv Trip

7~12 Not used Not used

13 CB Faulty Off CB Faulty On

14 DS Faulty Off DS Faulty On

15 ES Faulty Off ES Faulty On

Table 187 Definition of control word “BO6 Ctr Word”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Off OC1&2 Trip

1 Off OC Inv Trip

2 Off EF1&2 Trip

3 Off EF Inv Trip

4 Off SEF1&2 Trip

5 Off SEF Inv Trip

Page 274: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

259

Note: “BO7 Ctr Word”, “BO8 Ctr Word”, “BO9 Ctr Word” are defined the same

as “BO6 Ctr Word”. Different outputs can be distributed to different

protections. Once a protection is designated to drive BO1, it will initiate CBF

function.

1.6 Setting list for CSC-211 V01

Table7-2 Soft connector

Description Function

Func_3V01 Disable or enable the voltage displacement stage 1

Func_3V02 Disable or enable the voltage displacement stage 2

Func_UV1 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 1

Func_UV2 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 2

Func_OV1 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 1

Func_OV2 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 2

Table7-3 Setting list

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

1 Ctr Word 1 0000~FFFF

2 Ctr Word 2 0000~FFFF

3 Ctr Word 3 0000~FFFF

4 BO1 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

5 BO2 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

6 BO3 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

7 BO4 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

8 BO5 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

9 BO6 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

10 BO7 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

11 BO8Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

12 BO9 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

13 U_3V01 2.00~100.0 V

14 T_3V01 0.00~60.00 S

15 U_3V02 2.00~100.0 V

16 T_3V02 0.00~60.00 S

17 U_Phase low 10.00~100.0 V

18 U_Phase up 10.00~100.0 V

19 U_UV1 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

20 T_UV1 0.00~120.0 S

21 U_UV2 5.00~75.0(PE) V

Page 275: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

260

10.00~150.0(PP)

22 T_UV2 0.00~120.0 S

23 Dropout_UV 1.01~2.00

24 U_OV1 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

25 T_OV1 0.00~60.00 S

26 U_OV2 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

27 T_OV2 0.00~60.00 S

28 Dropout_OV 0.90~0.99

29 Upe_VT Fail 7.00~20.0 V

30 Upp_VT Fail 10.00~30.0 V

31 Upe_VT Normal 40.00~65.00 V

32 Ratio_VT 0.01~2.00

Table7-5 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 2”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Not used Not used

1 Not used Not used

2 Not used Not used

3 Not used Not used

4 Not used Not used

5 Not used Not used

6 Not used Not used

7 Not used Not used

8 3U0 Measured 3U0 Calculated

9 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect

10 Isolate/Resist Solid earthed

11 VT Chk CB Off VT Chk CB On

12 Not used Not used

13 Not used Not used

14 Not used Not used

15 VT Fail Off VT Fail On

Table7-11 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 3”

Bit “0” “1”

0 UV Chk CB Off UV Chk CB On

1 UV Chk All Phase UV Chk One Phase

2 UV PP UV PE

3 OV PP OV PE

Page 276: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

261

4 Not used Not used

5 Not used Not used

6 Not used Not used

7 Not used Not used

8 Not used

9

10

11

Not used 12

13

14 Not used Not used

15 NR SetGrp Switch BI SetGrp Switch

Table7-12 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 4”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Alarm OC1 Trip

1 OC Inv Alarm OC Inv Trip

2 EF1 Alarm EF1 Trip

3 EF Inv Alarm EF Inv Trip

4 SEF1 Alarm SEF1 Trip

5 SEF2 Alarm SEF2 Trip

6 SEF Inv Alarm SEF Inv Trip

7 Not used Not used

8 Not used Not used

9 3V01 Alarm 3V01 Trip

10 3V02 Alarm 3V02 Trip

11 UV1 Alarm UV1 Trip

12 OV1 Alarm OV1 Trip

13 Not used Not used

14 Not used Not used

15 Not used Not used

Table7-14 Definition of control word “BO1 Ctr Word”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Off OC1&2 Trip

1 Off OC Inv Trip

2 Off EF1&2 Trip

3 Off EF Inv Trip

4 Off SEF1&2 Trip

Page 277: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

262

5 Off SEF Inv Trip

6 Off 3V0 Trip

6~10 Not used Not used

11 Off OV1 Trip

12 Off OV2 Trip

13 Off UV1 Trip

14 Off UV2 Trip

Note: “BO2 Ctr Word”, “BO3 Ctr Word”, “BO6 Ctr Word” , “BO7 Ctr Word” are defined the same as

“BO1 Ctr Word”. Different outputs can be distributed to different protections. Once a protection is

designated to drive BO1, it will initiate CBF function

1.7 Setting list for CSC-211 C01

Table 188 Soft connector

Name Function

Func_OC1 Disable or enable the over current stage 1

Func_OC2 Disable or enable the over current stage 2

Func_OC Inv Disable or enable the over current inverse stage

Func_EF1 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 1

Func_EF2 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 2

Func_EF Inv Disable or enable the earth fault inverse stage

Func_SEF1 Disable or enable the sensitive earth fault stage 1

Func_SEF2 Disable or enable the sensitive earth fault stage 2

Func_SEF Inv Disable or enable the sensitive earth fault inverse stage

Func_3V01 Disable or enable the voltage displacement stage 1

Func_3V02 Disable or enable the voltage displacement stage 2

Func_CBF Disable or enable the circuit breaker function

Func_UV1 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 1

Func_UV2 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 2

Func_OV1 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 1

Func_OV2 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 2

Func_UBL Disable or enable the unbalance function

Func_OL Disable or enable the over load function

Func_UC Disable or enable the under current function

Page 278: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

263

Name Function

Func_DZ Disable or enable the dead zone function

Table 189 Setting list

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

Ctr Word 1 0000~FFFF

Ctr Word 2 0000~FFFF

Ctr Word 3 0000~FFFF

Ctr Word 4 0000~FFFF

BO1 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO2 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO3 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO6 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO3 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

BO6 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

I_OC1 (0.05~20.00)In A In=1A or 5A

T_OC1 0.00~60.00 S

I_OC2 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_OC2 0.00~60.00 S

U_OC_UnBlk 1.00~120.0 V Phase to phase

I_OC Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

AK_OC Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_OC Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_OC Inv 0.000~60.00 S

Angle_OC 0.00~90.00 degree

3I0_EF1 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_EF1 0.00~60.00 S

3I0_EF2 (0.05~20.00)In A

T_EF2 0.00~60.00 S

3I0_EF Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

AK_EF Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_EF Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_EF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

Angle_EF 0.00~90.00 degree

Angle_Neg 0.00~90.00 degree

I_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

3I0_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

Ratio I2/I1 0.07~0.50

Ratio I02/I01 0.07~0.50

T2h_Cross_Blk 0.00~60.00 S

I_SEF1 0.005~1.00(SEF) A

Page 279: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

264

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

T_SEF1 0.00~60.00 S

I_SEF2 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

T_SEF2 0.00~60.00 S

I_SEF Inv 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

AK_SEF Inv 0.001~1000 S

P_SEF Inv 0.01~10.00

BK_SEF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

Angle_SEF 0.00~90.00 degree

IsCOS_SEF 0.005~1.00 A

I_OL Alarm (0.05~20.00)In A

T_OL Alarm 0.10~6000.0 S

I_OL Trip (0.05~20.00)In A

T_OL Trip 0.10~6000.0 S

I_UC (0.05~20.00)In A

T_UC 0.100~60.00 S

T_Inhibition 30.00~6000.0 S

U_UBL Alarm 0.50~100.0 V

T_UBL Alarm 0.10~60.00 S

U_UBL Trip 0.50~100.0 V

T_UBL Trip 0.00~60.00 S

U_3V01 2.00~100.0 V

T_3V01 0.00~60.00 S

U_3V02 2.00~100.0 V

T_3V02 0.00~60.00 S

U_Phase low 10.00~100.0 V

U_Phase up 10.00~100.0 V

U_UV1 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

T_UV1 0.00~120.0 S

U_UV2 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

T_UV2 0.00~120.0 S

Dropout_UV 1.01~2.00

U_OV1 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

T_OV1 0.00~60.00 S

U_OV2 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

T_OV2 0.00~60.00 S

Page 280: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

265

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

Dropout_OV 0.90~0.99

I_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

3I0_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

3I2_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

T_CBF1 0.00~60.00 S

T_CBF2 0.10~60.00 S

T_Dead Zone 0.00~60.00 S

I_Chk (0.00~2.00)In A

3I02_ VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

Upe_VT Fail 7.00~20.0 V

Upp_VT Fail 10.00~30.0 V

Upe_VT Normal 40.00~65.00 V

I_VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

3I0_CT Fail (0.05~2.00)In A

T_CB POS 0.10~60.00 S

T_DS POS 0.10~60.00 S

T_ES POS 0.10~60.00 S

T_CB Faulty 0.10~60.00 S

Ratio_Mea CT 0.001~7.00

Ratio_VT 0.01~2.00

Table 190 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 1”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Dir Off OC1 Dir On

1 OC1 V_Blk Off C1_V Blk On

2 OC1 2H_Blk Off C1 2H_Blk On

3 OC2 Dir Off OC2 Dir On

4 OC2 V_Blk Off C2 V_Blk On

5 OC2 2H_Blk Off C2 2H_Blk On

6 OC Inv Dir Off OC Inv Dir On

7 OCInv 2H_Blk Off OCInv 2H_Blk On

8 EF1 Dir Off EF1 Dir On

9 EF1 2H_Blk Off EF1 2H_Blk On

10 EF2 Dir Off EF2 Dir On

11 EF2 2H_Blk Off EF2 2H_Blk On

12 EF Inv Dir Off EF Inv Dir On

13 EFInv 2H_Blk Off EFInv 2H_Blk On

14 EF Chk I2/I1 EF Chk I02/I01

15 EF U2/I2 Dir Off EF U2/I2 Dir On

Page 281: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

266

Table 191 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 2”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Not used Not used

1 SEF1 Dir Off SEF1 Dir On

2 SEF2 Dir Off SEF2 Dir On

3 SEF Inv Dir Off SEF Inv Dir On

4 SEF Chk Iscos SEF Chk U0/I0

5 Not used Not used

6 Not used Not used

7 3I0 Measured 3I0 Calculated

8 3U0 Measured 3U0 Calculated

9 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect

10 Isolate/Resist Solid earthed

11 Blk EF_CT Fail UnBlk EF_CT Fail

12 Not used Not used

13 CT Fail Off CT Fail On

14 UnBlk Fun_VTFail Blk Fun_VTFail

15 VT Fail Off VT Fail On

Table 192 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 3”

Bit “0” “1”

0 UV Chk CB Off UV Chk CB On

1 UV Chk All Phase UV Chk One Phase

2 UV PP UV PE

3 OV PP OV PE

4 Not used Not used

5 Not used Not used

6 CBF Chk I0/2 Off CBF Chk I0/2 On

7 CBF Chk CB Off CBF Chk CB On

8 Not used Not used

9 Not used Not used

10 Not used Not used

11 Not used Not used

12 Not used Not used

13 Not used Not used

14 Interlock Off Interlock On

15 NR SetGrp Switch BI SetGrp Switch

Table 193 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 4”

Page 282: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

267

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Alarm OC1 Trip

1 OC Inv Alarm OC Inv Trip

2 EF1 Alarm EF1 Trip

3 EF Inv Alarm EF Inv Trip

4 SEF1 Alarm SEF1 Trip

5 SEF2 Alarm SEF2 Trip

6 SEF Inv Alarm SEF Inv Trip

7 OL Alarm Off OL Alarm On

8 UBL Alarm Off UBL Alarm On

9 3V01 Alarm 3V01 Trip

10 3V02 Alarm 3V02 Trip

11 UV1 Alarm UV1 Trip

12 OV1 Alarm OV1 Trip

13 CB Faulty Off CB Faulty On

14 DS Faulty Off DS Faulty On

15 ES Faulty Off ES Faulty On

Table 194 Definition of control word “BO1 Ctr Word”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Off OC1&2 Trip

1 Off OC Inv Trip

2 Off EF1&2 Trip

3 Off EF Inv Trip

4 Off SEF1&2 Trip

5 Off SEF Inv Trip

6 Off OL Trip

7 Off UC

8 Off UV Trip

9 Off OL Trip

10 Off OV1 Trip

11 Off OV2 Trip

12 Off UV1 Trip

13 Off UV2 Trip

Note: “BO2 Ctr Word”, “BO3 Ctr Word”, “BO6 Ctr Word” , “BO7 Ctr Word” ,

“BO9 Ctr Word” are defined the same as “BO1 Ctr Word”. Different outputs

can be distributed to different protections. Once a protection is designated to

drive BO1, it will initiate CBF function.

Page 283: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

268

1.8 Setting list for CSC-211 C02

Table7-2 Soft connector

Description Function

Func_OC1 Disable or enable the over current stage 1

Func_OC2 Disable or enable the over current stage 2

Func_OC Inv Disable or enable the over current inverse stage

Func_EF1 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 1

Func_EF2 Disable or enable the earth fault stage 2

Func_EF Inv Disable or enable the earth fault inverse stage

Func_SEF1 Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault stage 1

Func_SEF2 Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault stage 2

Func_SEF Inv Disable or enable the sentitive earth fault inverse stage

Func_3V01 Disable or enable the displacement voltage protection stage 1

Func_3V01 Disable or enable the displacement voltage protection stage 1

Func_CBF Disable or enable the circuit breaker function

Func_UV1 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 1

Func_UV2 Disable or enable the under voltage stage 2

Func_OV1 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 1

Func_OV2 Disable or enable the over voltage stage 2

Func_UBL Disable or enable unbalance detection function

Func_OL Disable or enable the over load function

Func_UC Disable or enable under current function

Func_DZ Disable or enable the dead zone funciton

Table7-3 Setting list

NO. Description Scope Unit Note

1 Ctr Word 1 0000~FFFF

2 Ctr Word 2 0000~FFFF

3 Ctr Word 3 0000~FFFF

4 Ctr Word 4 0000~FFFF

5 BO1 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

6 BO2 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

7 BO3 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

8 BO6 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

9 BO7 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

Page 284: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

269

10 BO9 Ctr Word 0000~FFFF

11 I_OC1 (0.05~20.00)In A In=1A or 5A

12 T_OC1 0.00~60.00 S

13 I_OC2 (0.05~20.00)In A

14 T_OC2 0.00~60.00 S

15 U_OC_UnBlk 1.00~120.0 V Phase to phase

16 Curve_OC Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

17 I_OC Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

18 K_OC Inv 0.05~999.0

19 A_OC Inv 0.005~200.0 S

20 B_OC Inv 0.000~60.00 S

21 P_OC Inv 0.005~10.00

22 Angle_OC 0.00~90.00 degree

23 3I0_EF1 (0.05~20.00)In A

24 T_EF1 0.00~60.00 S

25 3I0_EF2 (0.05~20.00)In A

26 T_EF2 0.00~60.00 S

27 Curve_EF Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

28 3I0_EF Inv (0.05~20.00)In A

29 K_EF Inv 0.05~999.0

30 A_EF Inv 0.005~200.0 S

31 B_EF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

32 P_EF Inv 0.005~10.00

33 Angle_EF 0.00~90.00 degree

34 Angle_Neg 0.00~90.00 degree

35 I_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

36 3I0_2H_UnBlk (0.25~20.00)In A

37 Ratio I2/I1 0.07~0.50

38 Ratio I02/I01 0.07~0.50

39 T2h_Cross_Blk 0.00~60.00 S

40 I_SEF1 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

41 T_SEF1 0.00~60.00 S

42 I_SEF2 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

43 T_SEF2 0.00~60.00 S

44 Curve_SEF Inv 1~12 Refer to table 7.3.4

45 I_SEF Inv 0.005~1.00(SEF)

(0.05~20.00)In(Normal)

A

46 K_SEF Inv 0.05~999.0

47 A_SEF Inv 0.005~200.0 S

48 B_SEF Inv 0.000~60.00 S

49 P_SEF Inv 0.005~10.00

Page 285: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

270

50 Angle_SEF 0.00~90.00 degree

51 IsCOS_SEF 0.005~1.00 A

52 U_3V0_SEF 2.00~100.0 V

53 I_OL_Alarm (0.05~20.00)In A

54 T_ OL_Alarm 0.100~6000.0 S

55 I_OL_Trip (0.05~20.00)In A

56 T_ OL_Trip 0.100~6000.0 S

57 I_UC (0.05~20.00)In A

58 T_UC 0.100~60.0 S

59 T_Inhibition 30.000~6000.0 S

60 I_UBL_Alarm 0.050~20.00 A

61 T_UBL_Alarm 0.100~60.00 S

62 I_UBL_Trip 0.050~20.00 A

63 T_UBL_Trip 0.100~60.00 S

64 U_3V01 2.00~100.0 V

65 T_3V01 0.00~60.00 S

66 U_3V02 2.00~100.0 V

67 T_3V02 0.00~60.00 S

68 U_Phase low 10.00~100.0 V

69 U_Phase up 10.00~100.0 V

70 U_UV1 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

71 T_UV1 0.00~120.0 S

72 U_UV2 5.00~75.0(PE)

10.00~150.0(PP)

V

73 T_UV2 0.00~120.0 S

74 Dropout_UV 1.01~2.00

75 U_OV1 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

76 T_OV1 0.00~60.00 S

77 U_OV2 40.00~100.0(PE)

80.00~200.0(PP)

V

78 T_OV2 0.00~60.00 S

79 Dropout_OV 0.90~0.99

80 I_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

81 3I0_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

82 3I2_CBF (0.05~20.00)In A

83 T_CBF1 0.00~60.00 S

84 T_CBF2 0.10~60.00 S

85 T_Dead Zone 0.00~60.00 S

86 I_Chk (0.00~2.00)In A

87 3I02_ VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

88 Upe_VT Fail 7.00~20.0 V

Page 286: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

271

89 Upp_VT Fail 10.00~30.0 V

90 Upe_VT Normal 40.00~65.00 V

91 I_VT Fail (0.05~0.25)In A

92 3I0_CT Fail (0.05~2.00)In A

93 T_CB POS 0.10~60.00 S

94 T_DS POS 0.10~60.00 S

95 T_ES POS 0.10~60.00 S

96 T_CB Faulty 0.10~60.00 S

97 Ratio_Mea CT 0.001~7.00

98 Ratio_VT 0.01~2.00

Table7-4 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 1”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Dir Off OC1 Dir On

1 OC1 V_Blk Off C1_V Blk On

2 OC1 2H_Blk Off C1 2H_Blk On

3 OC2 Dir Off OC2 Dir On

4 OC2 V_Blk Off C2 V_Blk On

5 OC2 2H_Blk Off C2 2H_Blk On

6 OC Inv Dir Off OC Inv Dir On

7 OCInv 2H_Blk Off OCInv 2H_Blk On

8 EF1 Dir Off EF1 Dir On

9 EF1 2H_Blk Off EF1 2H_Blk On

10 EF2 Dir Off EF2 Dir On

11 EF2 2H_Blk Off EF2 2H_Blk On

12 EF Inv Dir Off EF Inv Dir On

13 EFInv 2H_Blk Off EFInv 2H_Blk On

14 EF Chk I2/I1 EF Chk I02/I01

15 EF U2/I2 Dir Off EF U2/I2 Dir On

Table7-5 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 2”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Not used Not used

1 SEF1 Dir Off SEF1 Dir On

2 SEF2 Dir Off SEF2 Dir On

3 SEF Inv Dir Off SEF Inv Dir On

4 SEF Chk Iscos SEF Chk U0/I0

5 Not used Not used

6 Not used Not used

7 3I0 Measured 3I0 Calculated

Page 287: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

272

Bit “0” “1”

8 3U0 Measured 3U0 Calculated

9 3Ph V Connect 1Ph V Connect

10 Isolate/Resist Solid earthed

11 Blk EF_CT Fail UnBlk EF_CT Fail

12 Not used Not used

13 CT Fail Off CT Fail On

14 UnBlk Fun_VTFail Blk Fun_VTFail

15 VT Fail Off VT Fail On

Table7-11 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 3”

Bit “0” “1”

0 UV Chk CB Off UV Chk CB On

1 UV Chk All Phase UV Chk One Phase

2 UV PP UV PE

3 OV PP OV PE

4 Not used Not used

5 Not used Not used

6 CBF Chk I0/2 Off CBF Chk I0/2 On

7 CBF Chk CB Off CBF Chk CB On

8 Not used

9

10

11 Not used

12

13

14 Interlock Off Interlock On

15 NR SetGrp Switch BI SetGrp Switch

Table7-12 Definition of control word “Ctr Word 4”

Bit “0” “1”

0 OC1 Alarm OC1 Trip

1 OC Inv Alarm OC Inv Trip

2 EF1 Alarm EF1 Trip

3 EF Inv Alarm EF Inv Trip

4 SEF1 Alarm SEF1 Trip

5 SEF2 Alarm SEF2 Trip

6 SEF Inv Alarm SEF Inv Trip

7 OL Alarm Off OL Alarm On

8 UBL Alarm Off UBL Alarm On

Page 288: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

273

9 3V01 Alarm 3V01 Trip

10 3V01 Alarm 3V01 Trip

11 UV1 Alarm UV1 Trip

12 OV1 Alarm OV1 Trip

13 CB Faulty Off CB Faulty On

14 DS Faulty Off DS Faulty On

15 ES Faulty Off ES Faulty On

Table7-14 Definition of control word “BO1 Ctr Word”

Bit “0” “1”

0 Off OC1&2 Trip

1 Off OC Inv Trip

2 Off EF1&2 Trip

3 Off EF Inv Trip

4 Off SEF1&2 Trip

5 Off SEF Inv Trip

6 Off 3V0 Trip

7 Off UC

8 Off UBL Trip

9 Off OL Trip

10 Off OV1 Trip

11 Off OV2 Trip

12 Off UV1 Trip

13 Off UV2 Trip

14

Note: “BO2 Ctr Word”, “BO3 Ctr Word”, “BO6 Ctr Word” , “BO7 Ctr Word” are defined the same as

“BO1 Ctr Word”. Different outputs can be distributed to different protections. Once a protection is

designated to drive BO1, it will initiate CBF function.

Page 289: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

274

Page 290: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

275

2 General report list

2.1 Event report list

Table 195 Event report list for CSC-211 M1

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

1 Startup Protection startup

2 OC1 Trip Overcurrent protection stage 1 issues trip command

3 OC2 Trip Overcurrent protection stage 2 issues trip command

4 OC Inv Trip Overcurrent protection inverse stage issues trip command

5 EF1 Trip Earth fault protection stage 1 issues trip command

6 EF2 Trip Earth fault protection stage 2 issues trip command

7 EF Inv Trip Earth fault protection inverse stage issues trip command

8 Inrush Blk Inrush current is checked to block function.

9 NSOC1 Trip

Negative sequence current protection stage 1 issues trip

command

10 NSOC2 Trip

Negative sequence current protection stage 2 issues trip

command

11 NSOC Inv Trip

Negative sequence current protection inverse stage issues trip

command

12 SEF1 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 issues trip command

13 SEF2 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 issues trip command

14 SEF Inv Trip

Sensitive earth fault protection inverse stage issues trip

command

15 3V01 Trip Displacement voltage protection stage 1 issues trip command

16 3V02 Trip Displacement voltage protection stage 2 issues trip command

17 UV1 Trip Undervoltage protection stage 1 issues trip command

18 UV2 Trip Undervoltage protection stage 2 issues trip command

19 OV1 Trip Overvoltage protection stage 1 issues trip command

20 OV2 Trip Overvoltage protection stage 2 issues trip command

21 Therm OL Trip Thermal overload protection issues trip command

22 LF LS Trip Low frequency load shedding function issues trip command

23 LV LS Trip Low voltage load shedding function issues trip command

24 OL LS Trip Overload load shedding function issues trip command

25 1st Reclose The first shot reclosing

26 2nd Reclose The second shot reclosing

27 3rd Reclose The third shot reclosing

28 4th Reclose The fourth shot reclosing

29 AR in progress AR is initiated by internal or external function

30 Syn Request Synchronization check

Page 291: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

276

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

31 Syn Ok Answer to AR to check synchronization successfully

32 AR Success AR successful

33 Syn Failure Fail to check synchronization in limited duration

34 AR Failure AR unsuccessful

35 Syn Vdiff fail Voltage difference checking fail

36 Syn Ang fail Angle difference checking fail

37 Syn Fdiff fail Frequency difference checking fail

38 CBF Initiate CBF function is initiated

39 CBF1 Trip The first stage CBF issues trip command

40 CBF2 Trip The second stage CBF issues trip command

41 Dead Zone Trip The dead zone function issues trip command

42 OC Startup Three stages overcurrent protections startup

43 OC Startup Back Three stages overcurrent protections return

Table 196 Event report list for CSC-211 M6

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

1 Startup Protection startup

2 OC1 Trip Overcurrent protection stage 1 issues trip command

3 OC2 Trip Overcurrent protection stage 2 issues trip command

4 OC Inv Trip Overcurrent protection inverse stage issues trip command

5 EF1 Trip Earth fault protection stage 1 issues trip command

6 EF2 Trip Earth fault protection stage 2 issues trip command

7 EF Inv Trip Earth fault protection inverse stage issues trip command

8 Inrush Blk Inrush current is checked to block function.

9 SEF1 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 issues trip command

10 SEF2 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 issues trip command

11 SEF Inv Trip

Sensitive earth fault protection inverse stage issues trip

command

12 OC Startup Three stages overcurrent protections startup

13 OC Startup Back Three stages overcurrent protections return

Table 197 Event report list for CSC-211 C1

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

1 Startup Protection startup

2 OC1 Trip Overcurrent protection stage 1 issues trip command

3 OC2 Trip Overcurrent protection stage 2 issues trip command

4 OC Inv Trip Overcurrent protection inverse stage issues trip command

5 EF1 Trip Earth fault protection stage 1 issues trip command

6 EF2 Trip Earth fault protection stage 2 issues trip command

7 EF Inv Trip Earth fault protection inverse stage issues trip command

Page 292: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

277

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

8 Inrush Blk Inrush current is checked to block function.

9 SEF1 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 issues trip command

10 SEF2 Trip Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 issues trip command

11 SEF Inv Trip

Sensitive earth fault protection inverse stage issues trip

command

12 3V01 Trip Displacement voltage protection stage 1 issues trip command

13 3V02 Trip Displacement voltage protection stage 2 issues trip command

14 UV1 Trip Undervoltage protection stage 1 issues trip command

15 UV2 Trip Undervoltage protection stage 2 issues trip command

16 OV1 Trip Overvoltage protection stage 1 issues trip command

17 OV2 Trip Overvoltage protection stage 2 issues trip command

18 UBL Trip Unbalance protection issues trip command

19 OL Initiate Overload protection issues trip command

20 UC Trip Under current protection issues trip command

21 CBF Initiate CBF function is initiated

22 CBF1 Trip The first stage CBF issues trip command

23 CBF2 Trip The second stage CBF issues trip command

24 Dead Zone Trip The dead zone function issues trip command

25 OC Startup Three stages over current protections startup

26 OC Startup Back Three stages over current protections return

2.2 Alarm report list

Two kinds of alarm report are included in the IED, which are shown in the

following table:

Alarm I is severe alarm. When alarm I happens, the alarm LED on the

front panel of the IED will flash, all of protection function will be out of

service and the trip power of protection will be blocked by the IED.

Alarm II is other alarm. When alarm II happens, the alarm LED on the

front panel of the IED will flash (except “BI Set SetGr2” and “BI Set

SetGr1”), and will not block the trip power of protection.

Table 198 Alarm I list

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

1 AD Error AD is abnormal

2 BO Abnormal Binary output is abnormal

3 EPROM Error EPROM is abnormal

4 Flash Error Flash is abnormal

5 Invalid SetGr Pointer of setting group is error

Page 293: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

278

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

6 Logic Scheme ERR Logic file and CPU file not cooperate

7 RAM Error RAM is abnormal

8 Setting Chk ERR Setting value is error

9 Zero Offset Zero deviation is out of limitation

Table 199 Alarm II list for M1

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

1 3V01 Alarm Displacement voltage protection stage 1 issues an alarm

signal

2 3V02 Alarm Displacement voltage protection stage 2 issues an alarm

signal

3 BI Set SetGr1 Setting group switches to 2 by binary input is 1

4 BI Set SetGr2 Setting group switches to 1 by binary input is 0

5 BIO COM ERR Communication failure in BIO module

6 BIO OUT ERR BO error in BIO module

7 CB Faulty Both the “3Ph CB Open” and “3Ph CB Close” are active or

inactive

8 CB Not Ready BI2 is active to indicate CB is not ready

9 CT Fail Failure in circuit of current transformer

10 DS Faulty Both “DS Open” and “DS Close” are active or inactive

11 EF Inv Alarm Earth fault protection inverse stage issues an alarm signal

12 EF1 Alarm Earth fault protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

13 ES Faulty Both “ES Open” and “ES Close” are active or inactive

14 File ERR Read configuration files error

15 Frequency Differ Frequency derived from software and hardware are

different by 0.5Hz

16 GOO_A_CFG_ERR Configuration failure in GOOSE A

17 GOO_A_COMMU_ERR Communication failure in GOOSE A

18 GOO_B_CFG_ERR Configuration failure in GOOSE B

19 GOO_B_COMMU_ERR Communication failure in GOOSE B

20 MMI Com Fail Communication failure between MMI module and CPU

21 NSOC Inv Alarm Negative sequence current protection inverse stage issues

an alarm signal

22 NSOC1 Alarm Negative sequence current protection stage 1 issues an

alarm signal

23 OC Inv Alarm Overcurrent protection inverse stage issues an alarm

signal

24 OC1 Alarm Overcurrent protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

25 OV1 Alarm Overvoltage protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

26 PhA Grounded Phase A is grounded

Page 294: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

279

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

27 PhB Grounded Phase B is grounded

28 PhC Grounded Phase C is grounded

29 SEF Inv Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection inverse stage issues an

alarm signal

30 SEF1 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 issues an alarm

signal

31 SEF2 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 issues an alarm

signal

32 Therm OL Alarm Thermal overload protection issues an alarm signal

33 Trip Fail Trip command is issued lasting for more than 9s

34 UV1 Alarm Undervoltage protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

35 V1P VT Fail VT failure in circuit of the forth voltage transformer

36 VT Fail VT failure in circuit of voltage transformer

Table 200 Alarm II list for M6

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

1 BI Set SetGr1 Setting group switches to 2 by binary input is 1

2 BI Set SetGr2 Setting group switches to 1 by binary input is 0

3 BIO COM ERR Communication failure in BIO module

4 BIO OUT ERR BO error in BIO module

5 CB Faulty Both the “3Ph CB Open” and “3Ph CB Close” are active or

inactive

6 CT Fail Failure in circuit of current transformer

7 DS Faulty Both “DS Open” and “DS Close” are active or inactive

8 EF Inv Alarm Earth fault protection inverse stage issues an alarm signal

9 EF1 Alarm Earth fault protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

10 ES Faulty Both “ES Open” and “ES Close” are active or inactive

11 File ERR Read configuration files error

12 Frequency Differ Frequency derived from software and hardware are

different by 0.5Hz

13 GOO_A_CFG_ERR Configuration failure in GOOSE A

14 GOO_A_COMMU_ERR Communication failure in GOOSE A

15 GOO_B_CFG_ERR Configuration failure in GOOSE B

16 GOO_B_COMMU_ERR Communication failure in GOOSE B

17 HMI Com Fail Communication failure between HMI module and CPU

18 OC Inv Alarm Overcurrent protection inverse stage issues an alarm

signal

19 OC1 Alarm Overcurrent protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

20 SEF Inv Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection inverse stage issues an

alarm signal

Page 295: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

280

21 SEF1 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 issues an alarm

signal

22 SEF2 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 issues an alarm

signal

23 Trip Fail Trip command is issued lasting for more than 9s

Table 201 Alarm II list for C1

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

1 3V01 Alarm Displacement voltage protection stage 1 issues an alarm

signal

2 3V02 Alarm Displacement voltage protection stage 2 issues an alarm

signal

3 BI Set SetGr1 Setting group switches to 2 by binary input is 1

4 BI Set SetGr2 Setting group switches to 1 by binary input is 0

5 BIO COM ERR Communication failure in DIO module

6 BIO OUT ERR BO error in BIO module

7 CB Faulty Both “3Ph CB Open” and “3Ph CB Close” both active or

inactive

8 CT Fail Failure in circuit of current transformer

9 DS Faulty Both “DS Open” and “DS Close” are active or inactive

10 EF Inv Alarm Earth fault protection inverse stage issues an alarm signal

11 EF1 Alarm Earth fault protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

12 ES Faulty Both “ES Open” and “ES Close” are active or inactive

13 File ERR Read configuration files wrong

14 Frequency Differ Frequency derived from software and hardware are

different by 0.5Hz

15 GOO_A_CFG_ERR Configuration failure in GOOSE A

16 GOO_A_COMMU_ERR Communication failure in GOOSE A

17 GOO_B_CFG_ERR Configuration failure in GOOSE B

18 GOO_B_COMMU_ERR Communication failure in GOOSE B

19 HMI Com Fail Communication failure between HMI module and CPU

20 Inhibit close Drive a contact to inhibit reconnection of capacitor

21 OC Inv Alarm Overcurrent protection inverse stage issues an alarm

signal

22 OC1 Alarm Overcurrent protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

23 OL Alarm Overload protection issues an alarm signal

24 OV1 Alarm Overvoltage protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

25 PhA Grounded Phase A is grounded

26 PhB Grounded Phase B is grounded

27 PhC Grounded Phase C is grounded

28 SEF Inv Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection inverse stage issues an

Page 296: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

281

No. Abbr. (LCD Display) Description

alarm signal

29 SEF1 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 1 issues an alarm

signal

30 SEF2 Alarm Sensitive earth fault protection stage 2 issues an alarm

signal

31 Trip Fail Trip command is issued lasting for more than 9s

32 UBL Alarm Unbalance protection issues an alarm signal

33 UV1 Alarm Undervoltage protection stage 1 issues an alarm signal

34 V1p VT Fail VT failure in circuit of the forth voltage transformer

35 VT Fail VT failure in circuit of voltage transformer

Page 297: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

282

3 Typical connection

A. For incoming or outgoing feeder protection or line backup protection

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

Figure 70 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase and earth currents

Page 298: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

283

IA

IB

IC

UB

UA

UC

IN

UN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

Figure 71 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase and earth currents and

three phase voltages (bus side)

Page 299: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

284

IA

IB

IC

UB

UA

UC

IN

UN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

Figure 72 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase and earth currents and

three phase voltages (line side)

Page 300: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

285

IA

IB

IC

UB

UA

UC

IN

UN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

U01

U03

AIM2

U02

U04

Figure 73 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase and earth currents and

single phase voltage (Ph-Ph) (bus side)

Page 301: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

286

IA

IB

IC

UB

UA

UC

IN

UN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

U01

U03

AIM2

U02

U04

Figure 74 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase and earth currents and

single phase voltage (Ph-E) (bus side)

Page 302: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

287

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02

*

I1

Figure 75 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase currents, earth current,

and sensitive earth current

Page 303: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

288

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02

*

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

I1

Figure 76 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase currents, earth current

and sensitive earth current, and three phase voltages (bus side)

Page 304: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

289

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02

*

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

I1

Figure 77 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase currents, earth current

and sensitive earth current, and three phase voltages (line side)

Page 305: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

290

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02

*

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

I1

Figure 78 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase currents, earth current

and sensitive earth current, and single phase voltage (Ph-Ph) (bus side)

Page 306: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

291

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02

*

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

I1

Figure 79 Application of feeder protection to measure three phase currents, earth current,

and sensitive earth current, and single phase voltage (Ph-E) (bus side)

Page 307: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

292

B. For transformer backup protection

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02I1

*

Figure 80 Application of transformer backup protection to measure three phase currents, earth current, and neutral current

Page 308: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

293

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02 I1

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

*

Figure 81 Application of transformer backup protection to measure three phase currents,

earth current and neutral current, and three phase voltages (bus side)

Page 309: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

294

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02 I1

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

*

Figure 82 Application of transformer backup protection to measure three phase currents,

earth current and neutral current, and three phase voltages (line side)

Page 310: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

295

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02 I1

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

*

Figure 83 Application of transformer backup protection to measure three phase currents,

earth current and neutral current, and single phase voltage (Ph-Ph) (bus side)

Page 311: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

296

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

I01

AIM1

I02 I1

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

*

Figure 84 Application of transformer backup protection to measure three phase currents,

earth current and neutral current, and single phase voltage (Ph-E) (bus side)

Page 312: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

297

C. For synch-check function

A

B

C

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

U4

U05

U06

A

B

C

Figure 85 Typical connection for synch-check on bus coupler applications

Page 313: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

298

IA

IB

IC

IN

AIM2

A

B

C

* * *

I01

I03

I05

I07

I02

I04

I06

I08

UB

UA

UC

UN

U01

U02

U03

U04

AIM2

U4

U05

U06

Figure 86 Typical connection for synch-check and feeder current protection

Page 314: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

299

D. For capacitor bank protection

A

B

C

Capacitor bank

IC1

IC2

IC3

AIM1

*

*

* I03

I05

I07

I04

I06

I08

Figure 87 Typical connection for capacitor bank unbalanced current protection with three

current inputs

A

B

C

Capacitor bank

UC1

U03

U05

U07

AIM1

U04

U06

U08

UC2

UC3

Figure 88 Typical connection for capacitor bank unbalanced voltage protection with three

voltage inputs

Page 315: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

300

A

B

C

Capacitor bank

*IC1

IC2

IC3

AIM1I03

I05

I07

I04

I06

I08

Figure 89 Typical connection for capacitor bank unbalanced current protection with one

current input

UC1

A

B

C

U03

U05

U07

AIM1Capacitor bank

U04

U06

U08

UC2

UC3

Figure 90 Typical connection for capacitor bank unbalanced voltage protection with one

voltage input

Page 316: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

301

I1

ABC

Figure 91 Unbalanced current detection for

grounded capacitor bank

I1

ABC

Figure 92 Neutral current differential

protection for grounded Split-Wye capacitor

bank

I1

ABC

Figure 93 Neutral current protection for

ungrounded split-Wye capacitor bank

I1I2I3

ABC

Figure 94 Three unbalanced currents

detection for capacitor bank

U1

ABC

Figure 95 Neutral voltage unbalanced

protection for unrounded Wye capacitor

bank

U1

ABC

Figure 96 Neutral voltage unbalanced

detection for ungrounded split-Wye

capacitor bank

Page 317: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

302

U1

ABC

Figure 97 Summation of Intermediate

tap-point voltage for grounded Wye

capacitor bank

U1

ABC

Figure 98 Neutral voltage unbalance

detection by 3VTs for unrounded Wye

capacitor bank

U1

ABC

Figure 99 Neutral voltage protection for

ungrounded split-Wye capacitor bank

U1

U2

U3

ABC

Figure 100 Three unbalanced voltages

detection for Capacitor Bank

Page 318: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

303

E. For Load shedding function

CSC-211 CSC-211 CSC-211 CSC-211 CSC-211

Figure 101 Typical connection for load shedding function

Page 319: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

304

4 Time inverse characteristic

4.1 11 kinds of IEC and ANSI inverse time characteristic curves

In the setting, if the curve number is set for inverse time characteristic, which

is corresponding to the characteristic curve in the following tabel. Both IEC

and ANSI based standard curves are available.

Table 202 11 kinds of IEC and ANSI inverse time characteristic

Curves No. IDMTL Curves Parameter A Parameter P Parameter B

1 IEC INV. 0.14 0.02 0

2 IEC VERY INV. 13.5 1.0 0

3 IEC EXTERMELY INV. 80.0 2.0 0

4 IEC LONG INV. 120.0 1.0 0

5 ANSI INV. 8.9341 2.0938 0.17966

6 ANSI SHORT INV. 0.2663 1.2969 0.03393

7 ANSI LONG INV. 5.6143 1 2.18592

8 ANSI MODERATELY INV.

0.0103 0.02 0.0228

9 ANSI VERY INV. 3.922 2.0 0.0982

10 ANSI EXTERMELY INV. 5.64 2.0 0.02434

11 ANSI DEFINITE INV. 0.4797 1.5625 0.21359

4.2 User defined characteristic

For the inverse time characteristic, also can be set as user defined

characteristic if the setting is set to 12.

T

Equation 11

Page 320: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

305

where:

A: Time factor for inverse time stage

B: Delay time for inverse time stage

P: index for inverse time stage

T: Set time multiplier for step n

4.3 Typical inverse curves

Page 321: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

306

The typical 11 curves where K=0.025 is shown in the following figure:

Figure 102 Typical curves for IEC and ANSI standard

0.0001

0.001

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

Id/I_Inv

IEC & ANSI Curve (K=0.025)

IEC INV.

IEC VERY INV.

IEC EXTE INV.

IEC LONG INV.

ANSI INV.

ANSI SHORT INV.

ANSI LONG INV.

ANSI MODE INV.

ANSI VERY INV.

ANSI EXTE INV.

ANSI DEFI INV.

Page 322: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

307

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the IEC INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 103 Typical IEC INV. Curves

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

IEC INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1.0

K=1.25

Page 323: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

308

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the IEC VERY INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 104 Typical IEC VERY INV. Curves

0.001

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

IEC VERY INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 324: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

309

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the IEC EXTREMELY INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 105 Typical IEC EXTREMELY INV. Curve

0.001

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

IEC EXTREMELY INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 325: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

310

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the IEC LONG INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 106 Typical IEC LONG INV. Curve

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

IEC LONG INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 326: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

311

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the ASNI INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 107 Typical ANSI INV. Curves

0.001

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

ANSI INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 327: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

312

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the ANSI SHOTR INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 108 Typical ANSI SHORT INV. Curves

0.0001

0.001

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

ANSI SHORT INV.Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 328: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

313

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the ANSI LONG INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 109 Typical ANSI LONG INV. Curves

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

ANSI LONG INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 329: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

314

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the ANSI MODETATELY INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 110 Typical ANSI MODETATELY INV. Curve

0.001

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

ANSI MODERATELY INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 330: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

315

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the ANSIVERY INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 111 Typical ANSI VERY INV. Curves

0.001

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

ANSI VERY INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 331: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

316

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the ANSI EXTREMELY INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 112 Typical ANSI EXTREMELY INV. Curves

0.0001

0.001

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

ANSI EXTREMELY INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 332: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

317

Where K=0.025, K=0.2, K=0.5, K=1 and K=1.5 the ANSI DEFINITE INV. Curve in the following figure:

Figure 113 Typical ANSI DEFINITE INV. Curves

5 CT Requirement

5.1 Overview

0.001

0.01

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

Tim

e in

Seco

nd

s

I/Is

ANSI DEFINITE INV. Curve

K=0.025

K=0.2

K=0.5

K=1

K=1.5

Page 333: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

318

In practice, the conventional magnetic- core current transformer (hereinafter

as referred CT) is not able to transform the current signal accurately in whole

fault period of all possible faults because of manufactured cost and

installation space limited. CT Saturation will cause distortion of the current

signal and can result in a failure to operate or cause unwanted operations of

some functions. Although more and more protection IEDs have been

designed to permit CT saturation with maintained correct operation, the

performance of protection IED is still depended on the correct selection of CT.

5.2 Current transformer classification

The conventional CTs are usually manufactured in accordance with the

standard, IEC 60044, ANSI / IEEE C57.13, ANSI / IEEE C37.110 or other

comparable standards, which CTs are specified in different protection class.

Currently, the CT for protection are classified according to functional

performance as follows:

Class P CT

Accuracy limit defined by composite error with steady symmetric primary

current. No limit for remanent flux.

Class PR CT

CT with limited remanence factor for which, in some cased, a value of the

secondary loop time constant and/or a limiting value of the winding

resistance may also be specified.

Class PX CT

Low leakage reactance for which knowledge of the transformer

secondary excitation characteristic, secondary winding resistance,

secondary burden resistance and turns ratio is sufficient to assess its

performance in relation to the protective relay system with which it is to

be used.

Class TPS CT

Low leakage flux current transient transformer for which performance is

defined by the secondary excitation characteristics and turns ratio error

limits. No limit for remanent flux

Class TPX CT

Accuracy limit defined by peak instantaneous error during specified

transient duty cycle. No limit for remanent flux.

Class TPY CT

Accuracy limit defined by peak instantaneous error during specified

Page 334: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

319

transient duty cycle. Remanent flux not to exceed 10% of the saturation

flux..

Class TPZ CT

Accuracy limit defined by peak instantaneous alternating current

component error during single energization with maximum d.c. offset at

specified secondary loop time constant. No requirements for d.c.

component error limit. Remanent flux to be practically negligible.

TPE class CT (TPE represents transient protection and electronic type

CT)

5.3 Abbreviations (according to IEC 60044-1, -6, as defined)

Abbrev. Description

Esl Rated secondary limiting e.m.f

Eal Rated equivalent limiting secondary e.m.f

Ek Rated knee point e.m.f

Uk Knee point voltage (r.m.s.)

Kalf Accuracy limit factor

Kssc Rated symmetrical short-circuit current factor

K’ssc

K”ssc

Effective symmetrical short-circuit current factor

based on different Ipcf

Kpcf Protective checking factor

Ks Specified transient factor

Kx Dimensioning factor

Ktd Transient dimensioning factor

Ipn Rated primary current

Isn Rated secondary current

Ipsc Rated primary short-circuit current

Ipcf protective checking current

Isscmax Maximum symmetrical short-circuit current

Rct Secondary winding d.c. resistance at 75 °C /

167 °F (or other specified temperature)

Rb Rated resistive burden

R’b = Rlead + Rrelay = actual connected resistive

burden

Rs Total resistance of the secondary circuit,

inclusive of the secondary winding resistance

corrected to 75℃, unless otherwise specified,

and inclusive of all external burden connected.

Rlead Wire loop resistance

Zbn Rated relay burden

Page 335: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

320

Zb Actual relay burden

Tp Specified primary time constant

Ts Secondary loop time constant

5.4 General current transformer requirements

5.4.1 Protective checking current

The current error of CT should be within the accuracy limit required at

specified fault current.

To verify the CT accuracy performance, Ipcf, primary protective checking

current, should be chose properly and carefully.

For different protections, Ipcf is the selected fault current in proper fault

position of the corresponding fault, which will flow through the verified CT.

To guarantee the reliability of protection relay, Ipcf should be the maximum

fault current at internal fault. E.g. maximum primary three phase short-circuit

fault current or single phase earth fault current depended on system

sequence impedance, in different positions.

Moreover, to guarantee the security of protection relay, Ipcf should be the

maximum fault current at external fault.

Last but not least, Ipcf calculation should be based on the future possible

system power capacity

Kpcf, protective checking factor, is always used to verified the CT

performance

To reduce the influence of transient state, Kalf, Accuracy limit factor of CT,

should be larger than the following requirement

Ks, Specified transient factor, should be decided based on actual operation

state and operation experiences by user.

5.4.2 CT class

Page 336: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

321

The selected CT should guarantee that the error is within the required

accuracy limit at steady symmetric short circuit current. The influence of short

circuit current DC component and remanence should be considered, based

on extent of system transient influence, protection function characteristic,

consequence of transient saturation and actual operating experience. To fulfill

the requirement on a specified time to saturation, the rated equivalent

secondary e.m.f of CTs must higher than the required maximum equivalent

secondary e.m.f that is calculated based on actual application.

For the CTs applied to transmission line protection, transformer differential

protection with 330kV voltage level and above, and 300MW and above

generator-transformer set differential protection, the power system time

constant is so large that the CT is easy to saturate severely due to system

transient state. To prevent the CT from saturation at actual duty cycle, TP

class CT is preferred.

For TPS class CT, Eal (rated equivalent secondary limiting e.m.f) is generally

determined as follows:

Where

Ks: Specified transient factor

Kssc: Rated symmetrical short-circuit current factor

For TPX, TPY and TPZ class CT, Eal (rated equivalent secondary limiting

e.m.f) is generally determined as follows:

Where

Ktd: Rated transient dimensioning factor

Considering at short circuit current with 100% offset

For C-t-O duty cycle,

t: duration of one duty cycle;

For C-t’-O-tfr-C-t”-O duty cycle,

t’: duration of first duty cycle;

t”: duration of second duty cycle;

Page 337: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

322

tfr: duration between two duty cycle;

For the CTs applied to 110 - 220kV voltage level transmission line protection,

110 - 220kV voltage level transformer differential protection, 100-200MW

generator-transformer set differential protection, and large capacity motor

differential protection, the influence of system transient state to CT is so less

that the CT selection is based on system steady fault state mainly, and leave

proper margin to tolerate the negative effect of possible transient state.

Therefore, P, PR, PX class CT can be always applied.

For P class and PR class CT, Esl (the rated secondary limited e.m.f) is

generally determined as follows:

Kalf: Accuracy limit factor

For PX class CT, Ek (rated knee point e.m.f) is generally determined as

follows:

Kx: Demensioning factor

For the CTs applied to protection for110kV voltage level and below system,

the CT should be selected based on system steady fault state condition. P

class CT is always applied.

5.4.3 Accuracy class

The CT accuracy class should guarantee that the protection relay applied is

able to operate correctly even at a very sensitive setting, e.g. for a sensitive

residual overcurrent protection. Generally, the current transformer should

have an accuracy class, which have an current error at rated primary current,

that is less than ±1% (e.g. class 5P).

If current transformers with less accuracy are used it is advisable to check the

actual unwanted residual current during the commissioning.

5.4.4 Ratio of CT

The current transformer ratio is mainly selected based on power system data

like e.g. maximum load. However, it should be verified that the current to the

protection is higher than the minimum operating value for all faults that are to

be detected with the selected CT ratio. The minimum operating current is

different for different functions and settable normally. So each function should

be checked separately.

Page 338: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

323

5.4.5 Rated secondary current

There are 2 standard rated secondary currents, 1A or 5A. Generally, 1 A

should be preferred, particularly in HV and EHV stations, to reduce the

burden of the CT secondary circuit. Because 5A rated CTs, i.e. I2R is 25x

compared to only 1x for a 1A CT. However, in some cases to reduce the CT

secondary circuit open voltage, 5A can be applied.

5.4.6 Secondary burden

Too high flux will result in CT saturation. The secondary e.m.f is directly

proportional to linked flux. To feed rated secondary current, CT need to

generate enough secondary e.m.f to feed the secondary burden.

Consequently, Higher secondary burden, need Higher secondary e.m.f, and

then closer to saturation. So the actual secondary burden R’b must be less

than the rated secondary burden Rb of applied CT, presented

Rb > R’b

The CT actual secondary burden R’b consists of wiring loop resistance Rlead

and the actual relay burdens Zb in whole secondary circuit, which is

calculated by following equation

R’b = Rlead + Zb

The rated relay burden, Zbn, is calculated as below:

Where

Sr: the burden of IED current input channel per phase, in VA;

For earth faults, the loop includes both phase and neutral wire, normally twice

the resistance of the single secondary wire. For three-phase faults the neutral

current is zero and it is just necessary to consider the resistance up to the

point where the phase wires are connected to the common neutral wire. The

most common practice is to use four wires secondary cables so it normally is

sufficient to consider just a single secondary wire for the three-phase case.

In isolated or high impedance earthed systems the phase-to-earth fault is not

the considered dimensioning case and therefore the resistance of the single

secondary wire always can be used in the calculation, for this case.

5.5 Rated equivalent secondary e.m.f requirements

To guarantee correct operation, the current transformers (CTs) must be able

to correctly reproduce the current for a minimum time before the CT will begin

Page 339: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

324

to saturate.

5.5.1 Definite time overcurrent protection and earth fault protection

For TPY CT,

Kssc should be satisfied following requirement:

Where

I’pcf: Maximum primary fundamental frequency current at close-in

forward and reverse faults (A)

I”pcf: Maximum applied operating setting value (A)

Considering auto-reclosing operation, Eal should meet the following

requirement, at C-O-C-O duty cycle

Where

K’td: Recommended transient dimensioning factor for verification, 1.2

recommended

For P Class and PR class CT,

Kalf should be satisfied following requirement:

Where

I’pcf: Maximum primary fundamental frequency current at close-in

forward and reverse faults (A)

I”pcf: Maximum applied operating setting value (A)

Esl can be verified as below:

Page 340: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

325

Where

Ks: Specified transient factor, 2 recommended

For PX class CT,

Ek should be verified based on below equation.

Where

Ks: Specified transient factor, 2 recommended

5.5.2 Inverse time overcurrent protection and earth fault protection

For TPY CT,

Kssc should be satisfied following requirement:

Where

I’pcf: Maximum applied primary startup current setting value (A)

Considering auto-reclosing operation, Eal should meet the following

requirement, at C-O duty cycle

Where

K’td: Recommended transient dimensioning factor for verification, 1.2

recommended

For P Class and PR class CT,

Kalf should be satisfied following requirement:

Where

I’pcf: Maximum applied primary startup current setting value (A)

Page 341: CSC-211 Multifunction Protection IED Technical Application Manual · 2012-09-21 · Applicability of this manual This manual is valid for CSC-211 multifunction protection IED. Technical

Chapter 24 Appendix

326

Esl can be verified as below:

Where

Ks: Specified transient factor, 2 recommended

For PX class CT,

Ek should be verified based on below equation.

Where

Ks: Specified transient factor, 2 recommended